1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
22 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
24 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
25 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
26 out locations for types and decls.
27 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
28 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
30 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
31 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
32 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
33 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
36 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
38 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
39 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
40 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
41 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
42 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
44 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
45 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
47 CIE = Common Information Entry
48 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
50 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
52 FDE = Frame Description Entry
53 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
54 how to restore registers
56 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
57 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
61 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
85 #include "diagnostic.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
94 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
97 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
98 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
99 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
100 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
102 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
106 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
107 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
108 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
109 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
110 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
113 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
117 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
119 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
120 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
121 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
122 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
123 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
125 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
126 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
127 && (flag_unwind_tables
128 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
133 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
135 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
138 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
139 must be kept around forever. */
140 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
142 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
143 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
144 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
146 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
148 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
149 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
150 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
151 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
152 define type declaration DIE's. */
153 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
155 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
156 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
157 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
158 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
159 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
160 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
161 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
162 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
163 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
164 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
165 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
166 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
168 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
169 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
170 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
173 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
174 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
175 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
177 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
178 Information instructions. The register number, offset
179 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
180 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
182 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
184 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
190 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
192 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
193 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
194 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
195 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
199 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
201 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
202 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
203 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
205 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
210 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
211 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
212 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
213 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
214 of this structure. */
215 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
217 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
218 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
220 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
223 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
224 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
225 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
226 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
227 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
229 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
232 const char *dw_fde_begin;
233 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
234 const char *dw_fde_end;
235 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
236 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
237 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
238 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
239 bool dw_fde_switched_sections;
240 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
241 unsigned funcdef_number;
242 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
243 unsigned nothrow : 1;
244 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
248 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
249 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
251 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
252 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
253 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
254 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
256 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
257 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
260 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
261 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
262 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
265 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
266 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
269 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
270 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
271 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
274 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
275 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
277 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
278 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
281 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
283 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
284 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
285 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
287 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
288 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
289 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
290 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
292 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
296 /* CIE identifier. */
297 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
298 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
299 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
301 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
304 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
305 information for each routine. */
306 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
308 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
309 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
311 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
312 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
314 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
316 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
318 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
319 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
321 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
322 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
323 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
324 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
325 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
326 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
329 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
332 unsigned int refcount;
337 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
339 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
340 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
342 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
343 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
345 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
347 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
348 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
350 /* The default cold text section. */
351 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
353 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
355 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
357 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
358 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
359 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
360 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
361 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
362 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
363 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
364 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
365 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
366 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
368 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx);
369 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
370 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
371 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
372 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx, bool);
373 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
374 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
375 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
377 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
378 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
379 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
380 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
381 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
382 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
383 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
385 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
386 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
387 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
390 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
391 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
392 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
394 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
395 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
398 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
399 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
402 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
403 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
406 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
407 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
409 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
410 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
411 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
412 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
413 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
414 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
415 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
416 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
417 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
418 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
420 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
421 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
423 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
425 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
427 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
431 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
432 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
433 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
434 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
437 /* Hook used by __throw. */
440 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
442 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
443 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
446 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
447 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
450 stripattributes (const char *s)
452 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
457 while (*s && *s != ',')
464 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
465 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
468 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
470 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
471 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
472 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
475 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
478 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
481 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
482 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
483 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
484 bool wrote_return_column = false;
486 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
488 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
490 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
492 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
493 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
496 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
497 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
498 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
500 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
502 wrote_return_column = true;
504 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
508 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
509 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
513 if (!wrote_return_column)
514 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
516 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
517 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
520 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
523 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
526 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
530 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
531 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
533 return "DW_CFA_offset";
535 return "DW_CFA_restore";
539 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
540 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
541 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
542 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
543 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
544 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
545 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
546 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
547 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
548 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
549 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
550 case DW_CFA_undefined:
551 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
552 case DW_CFA_same_value:
553 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
554 case DW_CFA_register:
555 return "DW_CFA_register";
556 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
557 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
558 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
559 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
561 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
562 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
563 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
564 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
565 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
568 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
569 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
570 case DW_CFA_expression:
571 return "DW_CFA_expression";
572 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
573 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
574 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
575 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
576 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
577 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
579 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
580 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
581 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
584 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
585 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
586 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
587 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
588 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
589 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
592 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
596 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
598 static inline dw_cfi_ref
601 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
603 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
604 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
605 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
610 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
613 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
617 /* Find the end of the chain. */
618 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
624 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
627 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
629 static char label[20];
631 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
632 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
636 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
637 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
640 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
644 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
647 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
649 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
650 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
654 label = xstrdup (label);
656 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
658 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
659 set the location directly using set_loc. */
660 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
661 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
663 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
664 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
666 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
669 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
673 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
676 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
679 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
681 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
683 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
684 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
686 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
688 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
690 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
691 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
694 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
695 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
697 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
698 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
700 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
702 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
703 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
710 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
713 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
717 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
720 loc->base_offset = 0;
722 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
723 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
725 if (fde_table_in_use)
727 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
728 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
729 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
733 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
734 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
736 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
738 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
740 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
741 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
743 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
744 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
746 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
747 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
748 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
751 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
758 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
761 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
764 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
766 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
767 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
768 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
769 && (loc1->indirect == 0
770 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
773 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
774 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
777 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
780 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
785 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
786 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
788 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
789 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
791 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
792 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
797 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
799 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
800 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. */
803 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
804 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
806 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
807 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
811 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
812 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
816 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
817 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
818 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
821 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
822 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
823 offset has not changed. */
824 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
825 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
829 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
831 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
832 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
833 the specified offset. */
836 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
837 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
839 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
840 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
841 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
845 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
846 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
847 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
852 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
853 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
854 register-offset pair is available. */
855 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
857 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
858 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
859 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
862 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
865 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
866 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
867 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
868 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
871 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
873 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
875 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
877 if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
880 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
882 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
884 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
886 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
888 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
889 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
890 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
892 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
894 gcc_assert (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == offset);
897 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
899 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
901 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
903 else if (sreg == reg)
904 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
907 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
908 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
911 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
914 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
915 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
916 from the previous frame's window save area.
918 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
919 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
922 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
924 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
926 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
927 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
930 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
931 pushed onto the stack. */
934 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
938 if (size == old_args_size)
941 old_args_size = size;
944 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
945 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
946 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
949 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
950 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
953 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
955 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
958 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
959 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
962 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
964 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
967 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
968 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
971 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
973 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
976 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
977 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
978 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
981 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
983 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
984 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
986 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
989 /* RA is in a register. */
990 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
994 /* RA is on the stack. */
996 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
999 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1004 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1005 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1009 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1010 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1020 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1021 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1022 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1023 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1024 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1031 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1032 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1036 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1039 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1040 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern)
1042 const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1043 const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1044 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1047 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1049 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1050 code = GET_CODE (src);
1051 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1052 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1053 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1056 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1060 else if (MEM_P (dest))
1062 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1063 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1064 code = GET_CODE (src);
1070 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1072 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1073 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1074 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1075 && GET_CODE (val) == CONST_INT);
1076 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1083 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1085 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1092 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1094 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1109 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1110 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1111 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1114 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1116 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1120 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1121 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1122 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1123 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1124 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1127 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1128 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1129 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1131 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1133 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1134 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1135 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1136 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1137 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1138 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1139 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1140 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1145 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1147 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1148 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1151 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1153 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1154 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1155 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1156 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1157 offset = -args_size;
1162 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1163 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1164 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1165 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1167 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1169 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1170 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1171 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1179 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1180 cfa.offset += offset;
1182 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1186 args_size += offset;
1190 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1191 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1192 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1193 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1198 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1199 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1200 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1202 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1204 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1206 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1210 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1212 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1213 struct reg_saved_in_data GTY(()) {
1218 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1219 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1220 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1221 more efficient data structure. */
1222 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1223 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1225 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1226 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1228 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1229 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1232 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1234 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1236 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1237 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1239 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1240 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1245 q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1246 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1247 queued_reg_saves = q;
1251 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1252 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1254 last_reg_save_label = label;
1257 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1260 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1262 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1264 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1267 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1269 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1270 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1272 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1274 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1275 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1277 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1279 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1280 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1283 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1285 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1287 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1288 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1291 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1292 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1295 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1296 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1297 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1298 have a new location for? */
1301 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
1303 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1305 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1308 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1310 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1311 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1312 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1319 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1322 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1325 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1327 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1328 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1330 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1332 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1333 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1335 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1336 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1338 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1339 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1340 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1343 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1346 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1348 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1350 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1352 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1353 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1356 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1357 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1358 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1359 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1365 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1366 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1367 value, not an offset. */
1368 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1370 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1371 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1372 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1373 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1375 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1376 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1377 users need not read the source code.
1379 The High-Level Picture
1381 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1382 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1383 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1384 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1385 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1387 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1388 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1389 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1390 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1391 saves. This also seems to work.
1393 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1394 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1395 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1396 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1397 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1398 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1399 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1400 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1401 value as in the caller.
1403 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1404 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1405 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1406 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1408 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1411 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1413 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1414 consists of a register and an offset.
1415 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1416 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1417 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1418 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1419 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1420 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1421 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1423 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1424 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1425 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1428 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1429 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1430 and cfa_temp.offset.
1432 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1435 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1436 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1437 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1441 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1442 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1445 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1446 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1447 cfa.offset unchanged
1448 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1449 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1452 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1453 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1454 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1455 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1456 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1457 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1460 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1461 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1462 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1465 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1466 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1468 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1469 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1470 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1473 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1474 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1476 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1477 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1480 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1481 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1482 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1485 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1486 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1487 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1490 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1494 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1495 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1496 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1499 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1500 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1501 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1503 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1506 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1507 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1508 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1510 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1513 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1516 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1517 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1520 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1521 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1522 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1525 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1526 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1527 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1528 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1531 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1532 effects: target-dependent */
1535 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1537 rtx src, dest, span;
1538 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1540 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1541 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1542 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1543 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1544 flag is set in them. */
1545 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1548 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1551 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
1552 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
1553 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
1554 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
1555 handle register saves before register assignments. */
1556 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
1557 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1559 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
1560 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
1561 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
1562 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
1563 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
1566 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1568 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
1569 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
1570 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1571 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
1572 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
1577 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
1579 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1580 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1584 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
1589 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1592 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1594 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1596 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1599 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1600 relative to the current CFA register.
1602 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1603 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1604 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1605 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1606 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1607 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1608 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1612 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1613 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1614 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1615 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
1616 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
1617 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
1624 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1628 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1631 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1634 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
1636 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1642 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1644 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1645 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
1646 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1648 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1649 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1652 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
1654 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1656 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1657 cfa.offset += offset;
1658 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1659 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1661 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1664 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1665 or adjusting the FP */
1666 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
1668 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1669 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1670 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1671 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1672 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1674 cfa.offset += offset;
1675 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1679 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
1682 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1683 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1684 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1686 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1687 into the FP later on. */
1688 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1689 cfa.offset += offset;
1690 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1691 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1692 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1693 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1697 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1698 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1699 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1701 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1702 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1703 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1704 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1705 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1709 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1710 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1712 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1713 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1722 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1723 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1728 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1729 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1730 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1732 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1733 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1734 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1737 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1738 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1745 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1746 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
1747 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
1754 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1758 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
1760 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1762 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1767 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1768 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
1770 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1772 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1773 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1775 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1776 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1777 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1779 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1785 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1786 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1789 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1790 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1792 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1793 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1794 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1796 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1800 /* With an offset. */
1807 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
1808 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1809 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1810 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1813 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
1815 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1816 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1819 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1820 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1826 /* Without an offset. */
1829 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
1831 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1832 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1835 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1836 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1843 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
1844 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1845 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1846 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1853 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1854 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1855 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1857 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1859 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1861 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1862 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1864 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1865 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
1870 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1871 calculate the CFA. */
1872 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1876 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
1878 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1879 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1881 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1886 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1888 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
1891 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
1894 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
1895 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
1899 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
1901 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
1903 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
1904 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1906 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
1908 queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
1909 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
1920 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1921 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1922 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1924 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1925 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1928 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1933 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1937 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1938 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1940 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1943 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
1945 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1948 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1950 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1952 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
1953 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
1955 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
1959 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1960 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1962 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1964 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1965 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
1969 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1970 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1972 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1974 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1976 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1981 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1982 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1983 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1985 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1986 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1991 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1992 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1994 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1995 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1996 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1997 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1998 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1999 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
2002 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2003 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2004 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2005 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2006 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2007 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2008 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2009 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2010 case DW_CFA_register:
2011 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2013 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2014 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2015 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2016 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2018 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2019 case DW_CFA_expression:
2020 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2027 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2028 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2029 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2031 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2032 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2036 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2037 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2039 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2040 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2041 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2043 case DW_CFA_register:
2044 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2047 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2051 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2053 /* Switch to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2054 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic label
2058 switch_to_eh_frame_section (void)
2062 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2063 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2067 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2073 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2075 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2077 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2079 flags = ((! flag_pic
2080 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2081 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2082 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2083 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2084 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2085 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2086 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2089 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2090 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
2094 if (eh_frame_section)
2095 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
2098 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
2099 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
2100 switch_to_section (data_section);
2101 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
2102 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2103 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
2104 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2105 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2109 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
2112 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
2115 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
2116 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
2117 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
2118 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
2119 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
2120 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
2121 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
2123 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2124 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2125 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
2126 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2128 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
2130 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2131 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2132 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
2136 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
2137 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
2139 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
2141 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2143 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2144 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
2145 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
2148 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2149 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
2150 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2153 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2154 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2155 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2156 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2159 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2160 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2161 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2162 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2165 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2166 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2167 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2168 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2171 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2172 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2173 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2174 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2177 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2178 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2179 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2180 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2181 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2184 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2185 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2186 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2187 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2188 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2191 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2192 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2193 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2194 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2195 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2196 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2199 case DW_CFA_register:
2200 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2201 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2202 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2203 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2206 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2207 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2208 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2211 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2212 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2215 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2218 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2219 case DW_CFA_expression:
2220 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
2223 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
2224 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2233 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2234 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2235 location of saved registers. */
2238 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
2243 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
2244 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
2245 char augmentation[6];
2246 int augmentation_size;
2247 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2248 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2249 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2252 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2253 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
2256 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2257 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2258 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2259 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2260 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2261 specialization doesn't. */
2262 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2263 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2266 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2267 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2268 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
2269 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2270 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
2271 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
2273 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2274 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2275 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2276 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2279 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
2281 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2282 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
2283 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
2284 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2285 any_eh_needed = true;
2286 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
2287 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2288 any_eh_needed = true;
2290 if (! any_eh_needed)
2294 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2299 switch_to_eh_frame_section ();
2302 if (!debug_frame_section)
2303 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
2304 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
2305 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
2308 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
2309 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
2311 /* Output the CIE. */
2312 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
2313 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
2314 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
2315 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2316 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2317 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2318 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2319 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2321 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2322 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2323 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
2324 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
2325 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2327 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
2329 augmentation[0] = 0;
2330 augmentation_size = 0;
2336 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2337 augmentation section.
2338 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2339 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2340 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2342 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2343 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2345 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2346 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2347 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2349 p = augmentation + 1;
2350 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2353 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2354 assemble_external_libcall (eh_personality_libfunc);
2356 if (any_lsda_needed)
2359 augmentation_size += 1;
2361 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2364 augmentation_size += 1;
2366 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2368 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2372 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2373 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2375 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2377 + 1 /* CIE version */
2378 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2379 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2380 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2382 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2383 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2384 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2386 augmentation_size += pad;
2388 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2389 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2390 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
2394 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2395 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2396 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2397 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2399 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
2400 if (DW_CIE_VERSION == 1)
2401 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2403 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2405 if (augmentation[0])
2407 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2408 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2410 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2411 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2412 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2413 eh_personality_libfunc,
2417 if (any_lsda_needed)
2418 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2419 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2421 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2422 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2423 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2426 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2427 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2429 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2430 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2431 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2432 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2434 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2435 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2437 fde = &fde_table[i];
2439 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2440 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2441 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2442 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2443 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2446 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 0);
2447 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2448 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2449 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2450 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
2451 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2452 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2453 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2455 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2458 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2460 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2461 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
2465 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2467 rtx sym_ref2 = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2468 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label);
2469 rtx sym_ref3= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2470 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label);
2471 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2472 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2473 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref3, false,
2474 "FDE initial location");
2475 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2476 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2477 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2478 "FDE address range");
2479 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref2, false,
2480 "FDE initial location");
2481 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2482 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2483 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2484 "FDE address range");
2488 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin);
2489 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2490 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2493 "FDE initial location");
2494 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2495 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2496 "FDE address range");
2501 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2503 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2504 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2505 "FDE initial location");
2506 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2507 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2508 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2509 "FDE address range");
2510 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2511 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2512 "FDE initial location");
2513 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2514 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2515 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2516 "FDE address range");
2520 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2521 "FDE initial location");
2522 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2523 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2524 "FDE address range");
2528 if (augmentation[0])
2530 if (any_lsda_needed)
2532 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2534 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2536 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2537 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2538 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2539 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2540 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2543 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
2546 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2548 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2550 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2551 fde->funcdef_number);
2552 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2553 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2554 false, "Language Specific Data Area");
2558 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2559 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2561 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2562 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2566 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2569 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2571 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2572 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2573 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2575 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2576 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2577 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2578 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2581 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2582 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2583 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2584 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2585 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2586 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2589 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2594 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2598 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2599 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2601 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2605 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
2607 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2608 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2609 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2611 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2612 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2615 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2619 switch_to_section (function_section (current_function_decl));
2620 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2621 current_function_funcdef_no);
2622 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2623 current_function_funcdef_no);
2624 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
2625 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
2627 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2628 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2629 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2633 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2634 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2636 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2637 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2638 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2639 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2640 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2643 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2644 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2646 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2647 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2648 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
2649 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
2650 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
2651 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
2652 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
2653 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
2654 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
2655 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = false;
2656 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2657 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2658 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2659 fde->nothrow = TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl);
2660 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
2661 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2663 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2665 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2666 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2667 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2669 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2673 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2674 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2678 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2679 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2682 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2684 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2686 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2687 current_function_funcdef_no);
2688 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2689 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2690 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2694 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2696 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2697 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2698 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2699 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2701 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2702 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2704 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2705 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2707 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2708 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
2709 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2714 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2716 /* Output call frame information. */
2717 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
2718 output_call_frame_info (0);
2720 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2721 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2722 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2723 output_call_frame_info (1);
2727 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
2730 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
2732 section *sec = current_function_section ();
2733 if (sec == text_section)
2734 text_section_used = true;
2735 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
2736 cold_text_section_used = true;
2740 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
2746 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2747 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = true;
2748 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
2749 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
2750 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
2751 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
2752 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
2754 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
2755 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
2756 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2758 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
2759 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
2760 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
2764 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2765 for emitting location expressions. */
2767 /* Data about a single source file. */
2768 struct dwarf_file_data GTY(())
2770 const char * filename;
2774 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2775 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2776 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2779 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2780 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2781 typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
2782 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2783 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2785 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2786 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2787 implementation are listed below. */
2792 dw_val_class_offset,
2794 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2795 dw_val_class_range_list,
2797 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2798 dw_val_class_long_long,
2801 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2802 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2803 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2804 dw_val_class_lineptr,
2806 dw_val_class_macptr,
2810 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2811 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2813 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2820 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2822 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2824 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2830 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2831 represented internally. */
2833 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2835 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2836 union dw_val_struct_union
2838 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2839 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2840 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2841 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2842 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
2843 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2844 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2845 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2846 struct dw_val_die_union
2850 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2851 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2852 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2853 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2854 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2855 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
2857 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2861 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2864 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2866 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2867 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2868 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2869 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2874 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2875 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2876 their entire life. */
2877 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2879 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2880 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2881 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2882 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2883 Only on head of list */
2884 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2885 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2888 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2890 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2891 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2892 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2893 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2894 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2895 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2896 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2897 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2899 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2902 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2907 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2908 return "DW_OP_addr";
2910 return "DW_OP_deref";
2912 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2914 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2916 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2918 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2920 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2922 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2924 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2926 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2928 return "DW_OP_constu";
2930 return "DW_OP_consts";
2934 return "DW_OP_drop";
2936 return "DW_OP_over";
2938 return "DW_OP_pick";
2940 return "DW_OP_swap";
2944 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2952 return "DW_OP_minus";
2964 return "DW_OP_plus";
2965 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2966 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2972 return "DW_OP_shra";
2990 return "DW_OP_skip";
2992 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2994 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2996 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2998 return "DW_OP_lit3";
3000 return "DW_OP_lit4";
3002 return "DW_OP_lit5";
3004 return "DW_OP_lit6";
3006 return "DW_OP_lit7";
3008 return "DW_OP_lit8";
3010 return "DW_OP_lit9";
3012 return "DW_OP_lit10";
3014 return "DW_OP_lit11";
3016 return "DW_OP_lit12";
3018 return "DW_OP_lit13";
3020 return "DW_OP_lit14";
3022 return "DW_OP_lit15";
3024 return "DW_OP_lit16";
3026 return "DW_OP_lit17";
3028 return "DW_OP_lit18";
3030 return "DW_OP_lit19";
3032 return "DW_OP_lit20";
3034 return "DW_OP_lit21";
3036 return "DW_OP_lit22";
3038 return "DW_OP_lit23";
3040 return "DW_OP_lit24";
3042 return "DW_OP_lit25";
3044 return "DW_OP_lit26";
3046 return "DW_OP_lit27";
3048 return "DW_OP_lit28";
3050 return "DW_OP_lit29";
3052 return "DW_OP_lit30";
3054 return "DW_OP_lit31";
3056 return "DW_OP_reg0";
3058 return "DW_OP_reg1";
3060 return "DW_OP_reg2";
3062 return "DW_OP_reg3";
3064 return "DW_OP_reg4";
3066 return "DW_OP_reg5";
3068 return "DW_OP_reg6";
3070 return "DW_OP_reg7";
3072 return "DW_OP_reg8";
3074 return "DW_OP_reg9";
3076 return "DW_OP_reg10";
3078 return "DW_OP_reg11";
3080 return "DW_OP_reg12";
3082 return "DW_OP_reg13";
3084 return "DW_OP_reg14";
3086 return "DW_OP_reg15";
3088 return "DW_OP_reg16";
3090 return "DW_OP_reg17";
3092 return "DW_OP_reg18";
3094 return "DW_OP_reg19";
3096 return "DW_OP_reg20";
3098 return "DW_OP_reg21";
3100 return "DW_OP_reg22";
3102 return "DW_OP_reg23";
3104 return "DW_OP_reg24";
3106 return "DW_OP_reg25";
3108 return "DW_OP_reg26";
3110 return "DW_OP_reg27";
3112 return "DW_OP_reg28";
3114 return "DW_OP_reg29";
3116 return "DW_OP_reg30";
3118 return "DW_OP_reg31";
3120 return "DW_OP_breg0";
3122 return "DW_OP_breg1";
3124 return "DW_OP_breg2";
3126 return "DW_OP_breg3";
3128 return "DW_OP_breg4";
3130 return "DW_OP_breg5";
3132 return "DW_OP_breg6";
3134 return "DW_OP_breg7";
3136 return "DW_OP_breg8";
3138 return "DW_OP_breg9";
3140 return "DW_OP_breg10";
3142 return "DW_OP_breg11";
3144 return "DW_OP_breg12";
3146 return "DW_OP_breg13";
3148 return "DW_OP_breg14";
3150 return "DW_OP_breg15";
3152 return "DW_OP_breg16";
3154 return "DW_OP_breg17";
3156 return "DW_OP_breg18";
3158 return "DW_OP_breg19";
3160 return "DW_OP_breg20";
3162 return "DW_OP_breg21";
3164 return "DW_OP_breg22";
3166 return "DW_OP_breg23";
3168 return "DW_OP_breg24";
3170 return "DW_OP_breg25";
3172 return "DW_OP_breg26";
3174 return "DW_OP_breg27";
3176 return "DW_OP_breg28";
3178 return "DW_OP_breg29";
3180 return "DW_OP_breg30";
3182 return "DW_OP_breg31";
3184 return "DW_OP_regx";
3186 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
3188 return "DW_OP_bregx";
3190 return "DW_OP_piece";
3191 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3192 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
3193 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3194 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
3197 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
3198 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
3200 return "DW_OP_call2";
3202 return "DW_OP_call4";
3203 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3204 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
3205 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
3206 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
3207 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
3208 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
3210 return "OP_<unknown>";
3214 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
3215 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
3216 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
3218 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3219 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
3220 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
3222 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
3224 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
3225 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3226 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
3227 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3228 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
3233 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3236 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
3238 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
3240 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3241 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
3247 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3249 static unsigned long
3250 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3252 unsigned long size = 1;
3254 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3257 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3258 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3277 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3280 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3285 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3286 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3324 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3327 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3330 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3333 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3334 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
3337 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3339 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3340 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3349 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3350 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3359 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3361 static unsigned long
3362 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3367 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
3368 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
3369 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
3371 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
3373 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
3378 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
3380 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
3381 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
3387 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3390 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3392 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
3393 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
3395 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3397 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3399 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
3403 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3407 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3411 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG >= 64);
3412 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3419 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
3420 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
3422 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
3435 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3436 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3437 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3438 only doing unwinding. */
3443 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3446 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3449 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3452 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3454 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3455 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3489 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3492 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3495 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3498 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3499 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3502 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3504 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3505 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3506 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3509 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3510 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
3512 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
3515 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3522 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3527 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3530 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3532 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3534 /* Output the opcode. */
3535 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3536 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3538 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3539 output_loc_operands (loc);
3543 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3544 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3547 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3549 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3552 /* Output the size of the block. */
3553 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3554 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3555 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3557 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3558 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3561 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
3562 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
3565 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3566 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
3568 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3570 offset += cfa->offset;
3574 if (cfa->base_offset)
3577 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3579 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3581 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3582 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3584 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3586 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3587 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3588 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3591 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
3592 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3599 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3601 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3602 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3603 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, offset, 0);
3605 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, offset);
3611 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3612 descriptor sequence. */
3615 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3617 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3619 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3623 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3625 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3661 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3664 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3698 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3699 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3702 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3703 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3708 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3709 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3712 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
3713 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3717 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3719 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3720 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3722 /* .debug_str support. */
3723 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3725 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3726 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3727 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3728 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3729 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3730 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3731 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3732 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3733 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
3734 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3735 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
3736 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3737 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3738 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
3739 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
3741 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3743 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3749 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3750 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3751 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3752 dwarf2out_end_block,
3753 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3754 dwarf2out_source_line,
3755 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3756 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3757 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3758 dwarf2out_begin_function,
3759 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3760 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3761 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3762 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
3763 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3764 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3765 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3766 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3767 something tries to reference them. */
3768 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3769 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3770 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
3771 dwarf2out_var_location,
3772 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
3773 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3777 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3778 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3779 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3781 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3782 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3783 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3784 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3786 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3787 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3789 typedef long int dw_offset;
3791 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3793 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3794 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3795 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3796 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3797 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3798 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
3800 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3801 line number associated with the label generated for that
3802 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3803 the line number entry. */
3805 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3807 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3808 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3812 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3814 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3816 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3817 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3818 unsigned long function;
3820 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3822 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3823 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3824 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3826 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3828 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3829 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3833 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
3834 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
3836 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
3837 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
3838 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
3840 typedef struct die_struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib")))
3842 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3844 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
3845 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3846 dw_die_ref die_child;
3848 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3849 dw_offset die_offset;
3850 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3852 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
3853 int die_perennial_p;
3854 unsigned int decl_id;
3858 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
3859 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
3860 c = die->die_child; \
3864 } while (c != die->die_child); \
3867 /* The pubname structure */
3869 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3876 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
3877 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
3879 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3881 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
3882 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
3886 struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct GTY(())
3892 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3893 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3897 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3901 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3902 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3903 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3906 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3907 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3909 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3910 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3911 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3912 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3913 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3914 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3916 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3917 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3918 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3919 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3920 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3921 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3922 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3923 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3924 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3925 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3927 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3928 language, and compiler version. */
3930 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3931 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3932 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3934 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3935 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3937 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3938 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3939 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3940 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3941 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3943 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3944 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3945 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3946 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3947 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3948 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3950 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3951 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3952 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3953 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3955 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3959 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3960 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3961 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3963 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3964 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3966 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3967 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3969 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3970 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3971 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3972 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3973 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3975 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3976 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3977 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3978 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3981 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3982 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3984 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3985 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3987 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3988 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
3990 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3991 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3992 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3994 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3995 struct var_loc_node GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3997 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
3998 const char * GTY (()) label;
3999 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
4000 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
4003 /* Variable location list. */
4004 struct var_loc_list_def GTY (())
4006 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
4008 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
4009 it is marked through the chain. */
4010 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
4012 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
4013 unsigned int decl_id;
4015 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
4018 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
4019 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
4021 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
4022 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
4023 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
4024 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
4025 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
4027 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
4028 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
4030 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
4031 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
4033 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
4034 abbrev_die_table. */
4035 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
4037 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
4038 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
4039 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
4040 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
4042 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
4043 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
4045 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
4046 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
4048 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
4049 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
4050 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
4051 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
4053 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
4054 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
4056 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
4057 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
4059 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
4061 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
4063 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
4064 accessible names. */
4065 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
4067 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
4068 accessible types. */
4069 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
4071 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
4072 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
4074 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
4075 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
4077 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
4078 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
4080 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
4082 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
4084 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
4085 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
4087 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
4088 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
4090 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
4091 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
4093 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
4094 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
4095 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
4097 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
4098 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
4100 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
4101 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
4103 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
4105 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
4107 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
4108 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
4110 /* Unique label counter. */
4111 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
4113 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4114 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
4115 static int current_function_has_inlines;
4117 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
4118 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
4121 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
4122 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
4124 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
4125 static GTY(()) int label_num;
4127 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
4128 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
4130 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4132 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
4133 within the current function. */
4134 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
4136 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
4138 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
4139 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
4140 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
4141 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
4142 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
4143 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
4144 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
4145 static tree block_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
4146 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
4147 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
4148 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
4149 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
4150 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
4151 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
4152 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
4153 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
4154 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
4155 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
4157 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
4158 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
4159 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
4160 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
4161 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4162 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
4163 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
4164 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
4165 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4166 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
4167 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
4168 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
4169 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
4170 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
4171 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
4172 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4174 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
4175 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
4176 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
4177 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4178 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4179 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4180 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4181 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
4182 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4184 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
4185 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4186 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
4187 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
4188 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4189 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4190 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4191 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4192 static bool is_c_family (void);
4193 static bool is_cxx (void);
4194 static bool is_java (void);
4195 static bool is_fortran (void);
4196 static bool is_ada (void);
4197 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4198 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
4199 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4200 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
4201 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
4202 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4203 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
4204 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4205 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
4206 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
4207 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4208 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
4209 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4210 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
4211 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
4212 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
4213 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
4214 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4215 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
4216 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
4217 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4218 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4219 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
4220 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
4221 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
4222 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
4223 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4224 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
4225 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
4226 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
4227 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
4228 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
4229 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
4230 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
4231 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
4232 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
4233 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
4234 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
4235 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
4236 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
4237 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
4238 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
4239 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
4240 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
4241 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4242 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4243 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
4244 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
4245 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
4246 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4247 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4248 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
4249 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
4250 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
4251 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
4252 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
4253 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
4254 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
4255 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
4256 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
4257 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
4258 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
4259 static void output_aranges (void);
4260 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
4261 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
4262 static unsigned int add_ranges_by_labels (const char *, const char *);
4263 static void output_ranges (void);
4264 static void output_line_info (void);
4265 static void output_file_names (void);
4266 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
4267 static int is_base_type (tree);
4268 static bool is_subrange_type (const_tree);
4269 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4270 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4271 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
4272 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
4273 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
4274 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
4275 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
4276 enum var_init_status);
4277 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
4278 enum var_init_status);
4279 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4280 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
4281 enum var_init_status);
4282 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
4283 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
4284 enum var_init_status);
4285 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
4286 enum var_init_status);
4287 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
4288 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree, int);
4289 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree);
4290 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
4291 static tree field_type (const_tree);
4292 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
4293 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
4294 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
4295 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
4296 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4298 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4299 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
4300 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
4301 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4302 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
4303 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
4304 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
4305 enum dwarf_attribute);
4306 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4307 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
4308 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
4309 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
4310 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
4311 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4312 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4313 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4314 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4315 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4316 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4317 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4318 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4319 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
4320 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4321 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
4322 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4323 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4324 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4325 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4326 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
4327 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
4329 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
4331 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4332 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
4334 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4336 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4337 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4338 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4339 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4340 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4341 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4342 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4343 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4344 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4345 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4346 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4347 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4348 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4349 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4350 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4351 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4352 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4353 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
4354 enum debug_info_usage);
4355 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4356 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4357 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4358 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4359 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4360 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4361 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
4362 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
4363 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4364 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
4365 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
4366 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
4367 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
4368 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
4369 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4370 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4371 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4372 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4373 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
4374 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4375 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
4376 const char *, const char *,
4378 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
4379 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4381 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4382 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
4383 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
4384 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
4385 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
4386 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4387 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
4389 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4390 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4391 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4393 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4394 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4396 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4397 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4399 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4400 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4402 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4403 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4405 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4406 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4408 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4409 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4411 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4412 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4414 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4415 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4418 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4419 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4420 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4423 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4424 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4425 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
4426 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4429 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4430 the section names themselves. */
4432 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4433 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4435 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4436 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4438 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4439 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4441 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4442 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4444 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4445 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4447 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4448 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4450 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4451 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4453 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4454 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4457 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4458 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4459 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4460 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4461 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4463 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4464 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4465 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4466 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4467 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4468 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4469 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4470 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4471 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4472 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4474 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4475 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4477 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4478 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4480 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4481 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4483 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4484 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4486 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4487 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4489 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4490 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4494 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4495 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4497 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
4500 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
4502 demangle_name_func = func;
4505 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4508 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
4510 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4511 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
4512 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
4515 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4519 type_main_variant (tree type)
4521 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4523 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4524 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4525 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4526 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4528 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
4529 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
4530 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4535 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4538 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
4540 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4542 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4543 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4546 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4549 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
4553 case DW_TAG_padding:
4554 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4555 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4556 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4557 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4558 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4559 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4560 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4561 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4562 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4563 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4564 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4565 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4566 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4568 return "DW_TAG_label";
4569 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4570 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4572 return "DW_TAG_member";
4573 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4574 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4575 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4576 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4577 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4578 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4579 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4580 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4581 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4582 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4583 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4584 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4585 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4586 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4587 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4588 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4589 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4590 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4591 case DW_TAG_variant:
4592 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4593 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4594 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4595 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4596 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4597 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4598 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4599 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4600 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4602 return "DW_TAG_module";
4603 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4604 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4605 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4606 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4607 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4608 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4609 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4610 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4611 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4612 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4613 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4614 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4615 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4616 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4617 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4618 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4619 case DW_TAG_constant:
4620 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4621 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4622 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4623 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4624 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4626 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4627 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4628 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4629 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4630 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4631 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4632 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4633 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4634 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4635 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4636 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4637 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4638 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4639 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4640 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4641 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4642 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4643 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4644 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4645 case DW_TAG_variable:
4646 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4647 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4648 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4649 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
4650 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
4651 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
4652 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
4653 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
4654 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
4655 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4656 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4657 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4658 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4659 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
4660 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
4661 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
4662 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
4663 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
4664 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
4665 case DW_TAG_condition:
4666 return "DW_TAG_condition";
4667 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
4668 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
4669 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4670 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4671 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4672 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4673 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4674 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4675 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4676 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4677 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4678 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4679 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4680 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4682 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4686 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4689 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4694 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4695 case DW_AT_location:
4696 return "DW_AT_location";
4698 return "DW_AT_name";
4699 case DW_AT_ordering:
4700 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4701 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4702 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4703 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4704 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4705 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4706 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4707 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4708 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4709 case DW_AT_element_list:
4710 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4711 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4712 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4714 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4716 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4717 case DW_AT_language:
4718 return "DW_AT_language";
4720 return "DW_AT_member";
4722 return "DW_AT_discr";
4723 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4724 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4725 case DW_AT_visibility:
4726 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4728 return "DW_AT_import";
4729 case DW_AT_string_length:
4730 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4731 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4732 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4733 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4734 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4735 case DW_AT_const_value:
4736 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4737 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4738 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4739 case DW_AT_default_value:
4740 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4742 return "DW_AT_inline";
4743 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4744 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4745 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4746 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4747 case DW_AT_producer:
4748 return "DW_AT_producer";
4749 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4750 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4751 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4752 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4753 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4754 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4755 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
4756 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
4757 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4758 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4759 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4760 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4761 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4762 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4763 case DW_AT_address_class:
4764 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4765 case DW_AT_artificial:
4766 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4767 case DW_AT_base_types:
4768 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4769 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4770 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4772 return "DW_AT_count";
4773 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4774 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4775 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4776 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4777 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4778 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4779 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4780 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4781 case DW_AT_declaration:
4782 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4783 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4784 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4785 case DW_AT_encoding:
4786 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4787 case DW_AT_external:
4788 return "DW_AT_external";
4789 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4790 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4792 return "DW_AT_friend";
4793 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4794 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4795 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4796 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4797 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4798 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4799 case DW_AT_priority:
4800 return "DW_AT_priority";
4802 return "DW_AT_segment";
4803 case DW_AT_specification:
4804 return "DW_AT_specification";
4805 case DW_AT_static_link:
4806 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4808 return "DW_AT_type";
4809 case DW_AT_use_location:
4810 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4811 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4812 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4813 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4814 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4815 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4816 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4818 case DW_AT_allocated:
4819 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4820 case DW_AT_associated:
4821 return "DW_AT_associated";
4822 case DW_AT_data_location:
4823 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4824 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
4825 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
4826 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4827 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4828 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4829 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4830 case DW_AT_extension:
4831 return "DW_AT_extension";
4833 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4834 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4835 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4836 case DW_AT_call_column:
4837 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4838 case DW_AT_call_file:
4839 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4840 case DW_AT_call_line:
4841 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4843 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4844 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4845 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4846 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4847 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4848 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4849 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4850 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4851 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4852 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4853 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4854 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4855 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4856 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4857 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4858 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4859 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4860 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4861 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4862 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4863 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4864 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4866 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4867 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4868 case DW_AT_src_info:
4869 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4870 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4871 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4872 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4873 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4874 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4875 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4876 case DW_AT_body_end:
4877 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4878 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4879 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4881 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4882 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4885 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4889 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4892 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4897 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4898 case DW_FORM_block2:
4899 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4900 case DW_FORM_block4:
4901 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4903 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4905 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4907 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4908 case DW_FORM_string:
4909 return "DW_FORM_string";
4911 return "DW_FORM_block";
4912 case DW_FORM_block1:
4913 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4915 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4917 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4919 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4921 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4923 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4924 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4925 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4927 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4929 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4931 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4933 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4934 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4935 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4936 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4937 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4939 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4943 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4944 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4945 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4946 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4950 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
4952 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
4955 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4956 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4957 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4958 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4961 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4962 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4963 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4965 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4968 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4969 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4970 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4971 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4975 block_ultimate_origin (const_tree block)
4977 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4979 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4980 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4981 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4982 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4985 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4990 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4994 ret_val = lookahead;
4995 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4996 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4998 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
5000 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
5001 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
5002 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
5003 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
5004 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
5005 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
5006 if (DECL_P (ret_val))
5007 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val);
5013 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
5014 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
5018 decl_class_context (tree decl)
5020 tree context = NULL_TREE;
5022 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
5023 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
5025 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
5026 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
5028 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
5029 context = NULL_TREE;
5034 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
5037 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
5039 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
5043 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
5044 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
5045 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
5048 static inline enum dw_val_class
5049 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
5051 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
5054 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
5057 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
5061 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5062 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
5063 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
5064 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5067 static inline unsigned
5068 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
5070 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
5071 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
5074 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
5077 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
5081 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5082 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
5083 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
5084 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5087 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
5088 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
5090 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
5091 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
5094 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
5097 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5098 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
5102 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5103 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
5104 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
5105 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5108 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5109 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
5111 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
5112 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
5115 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
5118 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5119 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
5123 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5124 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
5125 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
5126 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
5127 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5130 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
5133 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5134 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
5138 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5139 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
5140 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
5141 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
5142 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
5143 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5146 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
5149 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
5151 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
5155 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
5157 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
5158 (const char *)x2) == 0;
5161 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
5164 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
5167 struct indirect_string_node *node;
5170 if (! debug_str_hash)
5171 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
5172 debug_str_eq, NULL);
5174 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
5175 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
5178 node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
5179 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
5180 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
5184 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
5188 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5189 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
5190 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
5191 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5194 static inline const char *
5195 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
5197 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
5198 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
5201 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
5202 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
5205 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
5207 struct indirect_string_node *node;
5211 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
5213 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
5217 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
5219 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
5220 always better to put it inline. */
5221 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
5222 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5224 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
5225 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
5227 if ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
5228 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
5229 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5231 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
5232 ++dw2_string_counter;
5233 node->label = xstrdup (label);
5235 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
5238 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5241 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5245 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5246 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
5247 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
5248 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
5249 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5252 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
5253 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
5256 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5258 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
5259 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
5260 targ_die->die_definition = die;
5263 static inline dw_die_ref
5264 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
5266 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5267 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
5271 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
5273 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
5274 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
5280 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
5282 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5283 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
5286 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5289 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
5293 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5294 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
5295 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
5296 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5299 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
5302 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5306 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5307 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
5308 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
5309 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5312 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
5313 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
5315 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
5316 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
5320 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
5324 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5325 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
5326 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
5327 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5328 have_location_lists = true;
5331 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5332 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
5334 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
5335 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
5338 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5341 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
5345 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5346 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
5347 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
5348 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5351 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
5354 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
5356 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
5357 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
5360 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
5363 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5364 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
5368 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5369 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
5370 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
5371 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5374 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
5376 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
5377 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
5379 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
5380 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
5383 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5386 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
5390 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5391 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
5392 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
5393 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5396 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5397 debug_line section. */
5400 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5405 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5406 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
5407 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5408 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5411 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5412 debug_macinfo section. */
5415 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5420 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5421 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
5422 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5423 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5426 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5429 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5430 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5434 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5435 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
5436 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5437 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5440 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5443 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5444 long unsigned int offset)
5448 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5449 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
5450 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5451 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5454 static inline const char *
5455 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
5457 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5458 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
5459 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
5460 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
5463 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5466 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5470 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
5475 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5476 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5478 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
5479 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
5483 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
5488 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5489 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5490 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5492 static inline const char *
5493 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5495 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5497 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5500 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5501 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5502 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5504 static inline const char *
5505 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5507 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5509 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5512 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5513 NULL if it is not present. */
5515 static inline const char *
5516 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5518 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5520 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5523 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5524 if it is not present. */
5527 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5529 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5531 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5534 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5535 if it is not present. */
5537 static inline unsigned
5538 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5540 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5542 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5545 static inline dw_die_ref
5546 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5548 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5550 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5553 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
5554 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5556 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5558 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
5561 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5566 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5568 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89 || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC
5569 || lang == DW_LANG_C99
5570 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus);
5573 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5578 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5580 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
5583 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5588 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5590 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
5591 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
5592 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
5595 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5600 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5602 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5605 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5610 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5612 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5615 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5618 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5626 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5627 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5629 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5630 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5631 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5633 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
5635 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
5640 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
5641 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
5644 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
5646 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
5647 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
5650 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
5654 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
5655 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
5656 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
5659 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
5663 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5669 dw_die_ref prev = c;
5671 while (c->die_tag == tag)
5673 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
5674 /* Might have removed every child. */
5675 if (c == c->die_sib)
5679 } while (c != die->die_child);
5682 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
5685 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5687 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
5688 if (! die || ! child_die)
5690 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
5692 child_die->die_parent = die;
5695 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
5696 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
5699 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
5700 die->die_child = child_die;
5703 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5704 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
5705 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
5708 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5712 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5713 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5714 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5716 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5722 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5723 || (child->die_parent
5724 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5726 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
5727 if (p->die_sib == child)
5729 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
5733 add_child_die (parent, child);
5736 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5738 static inline dw_die_ref
5739 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5741 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5743 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5745 if (parent_die != NULL)
5746 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5749 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5751 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5752 limbo_node->die = die;
5753 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5754 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5755 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5761 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5763 static inline dw_die_ref
5764 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5766 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5769 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5772 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5774 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5777 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5780 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5782 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5785 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5788 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5790 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
5793 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5795 static inline dw_die_ref
5796 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5798 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5801 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5804 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5806 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5809 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5813 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5815 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
5818 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5820 static inline var_loc_list *
5821 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
5823 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5826 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5829 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5831 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5834 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5836 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5839 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5842 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
5844 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5848 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5851 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list));
5852 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5860 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5861 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
5862 we have nothing to do. */
5863 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
5864 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
5865 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
5866 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc->var_loc_note))
5867 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
5868 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
5869 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc->var_loc_note)
5870 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
5872 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5873 temp->last->next = loc;
5877 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5878 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
5885 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5886 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5887 the DIE internal representation. */
5888 static int print_indent;
5890 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5893 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5895 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5898 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5899 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5902 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5908 print_spaces (outfile);
5909 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
5910 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5911 print_spaces (outfile);
5912 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5913 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
5915 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5917 print_spaces (outfile);
5918 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5920 switch (AT_class (a))
5922 case dw_val_class_addr:
5923 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5925 case dw_val_class_offset:
5926 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5928 case dw_val_class_loc:
5929 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5931 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5932 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5933 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5935 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5936 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5938 case dw_val_class_const:
5939 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5941 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5942 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5944 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5945 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5946 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5947 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5949 case dw_val_class_vec:
5950 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5952 case dw_val_class_flag:
5953 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5955 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5956 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5958 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5959 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5961 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5964 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5966 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5967 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
5968 case dw_val_class_macptr:
5969 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5971 case dw_val_class_str:
5972 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5973 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5975 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5977 case dw_val_class_file:
5978 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
5979 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
5985 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5988 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5991 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
5994 if (print_indent == 0)
5995 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5998 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5999 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
6002 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
6005 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
6007 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
6008 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
6010 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
6011 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
6012 line_info->dw_file_num,
6013 line_info->dw_line_num);
6016 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
6019 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
6022 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
6024 print_die (die, stderr);
6027 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
6028 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
6034 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
6035 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
6036 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
6039 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
6040 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
6041 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
6044 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
6046 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
6047 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
6049 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
6053 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
6056 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
6058 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
6060 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
6064 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
6065 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
6067 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
6070 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
6072 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
6073 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
6074 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
6077 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
6080 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
6082 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
6085 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
6087 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6088 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6089 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
6092 switch (AT_class (at))
6094 case dw_val_class_const:
6095 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
6097 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6098 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
6100 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6101 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
6103 case dw_val_class_vec:
6104 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
6106 case dw_val_class_flag:
6107 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
6109 case dw_val_class_str:
6110 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
6113 case dw_val_class_addr:
6115 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
6116 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
6119 case dw_val_class_offset:
6120 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6123 case dw_val_class_loc:
6124 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
6125 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
6128 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6129 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
6132 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6133 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6134 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6135 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6138 case dw_val_class_file:
6139 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
6147 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
6150 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
6156 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6159 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
6162 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6164 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
6166 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6167 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
6169 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
6173 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
6175 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
6177 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
6179 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
6180 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
6181 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
6184 /* Do the values look the same? */
6186 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
6188 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
6191 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
6194 switch (v1->val_class)
6196 case dw_val_class_const:
6197 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
6198 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6199 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
6200 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6201 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
6202 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
6203 case dw_val_class_vec:
6204 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
6205 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
6207 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
6208 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
6211 case dw_val_class_flag:
6212 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
6213 case dw_val_class_str:
6214 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
6216 case dw_val_class_addr:
6217 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
6218 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
6219 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
6221 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1) == SYMBOL_REF);
6222 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
6224 case dw_val_class_offset:
6225 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
6227 case dw_val_class_loc:
6228 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
6230 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
6231 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
6233 return !loc1 && !loc2;
6235 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6236 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
6238 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6239 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6240 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6241 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6244 case dw_val_class_file:
6245 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
6252 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6255 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
6257 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
6260 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6261 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6262 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
6265 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
6268 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6271 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
6277 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6279 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
6280 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6282 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
6285 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
6286 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
6289 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
6290 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
6293 c1 = die1->die_child;
6294 c2 = die2->die_child;
6303 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
6307 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
6309 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
6319 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6322 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
6325 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
6327 unmark_all_dies (die1);
6328 unmark_all_dies (die2);
6333 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6335 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
6337 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6338 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
6340 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6341 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6344 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
6346 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
6347 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
6348 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
6351 unsigned char checksum[16];
6354 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6355 the name filename of the unit. */
6357 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6359 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
6360 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6361 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6363 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6364 clean_symbol_name (name);
6366 p = name + strlen (name);
6367 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6369 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6373 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6374 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6377 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6380 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6382 switch (die->die_tag)
6384 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6385 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6386 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6387 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6388 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6389 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6390 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6391 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6392 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6393 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6394 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6395 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6396 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6397 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6398 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6399 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6400 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6401 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6402 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6409 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6410 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6411 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6412 compilations (functions). */
6415 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6417 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6418 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6419 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6420 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6422 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6425 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6426 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6427 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6428 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6430 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6432 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6435 return is_type_die (c);
6438 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6439 compilation unit. */
6442 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6444 return (is_type_die (c)
6445 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
6446 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification))
6447 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
6451 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6455 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6456 return xstrdup (buf);
6459 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6462 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6466 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6468 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6470 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6472 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6473 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6474 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6477 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6480 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
6483 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6486 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6487 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6490 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6492 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6494 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6496 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6500 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6502 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6503 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6505 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6509 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6511 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6521 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6524 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6526 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6527 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6529 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6531 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6532 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6536 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6538 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6544 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6548 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
6550 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6551 entry->next = *slot;
6557 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6559 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6561 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6563 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6564 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6568 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6571 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6572 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6573 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6576 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6579 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6580 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6581 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6585 dw_die_ref prev = c;
6587 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6588 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6590 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
6592 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6593 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
6595 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6596 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6597 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6598 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6600 add_child_die (unit, c);
6602 if (c == die->die_child)
6605 } while (c != die->die_child);
6608 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6609 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6613 assign_symbol_names (die);
6614 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6615 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6621 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6622 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6623 &comdat_symbol_number);
6624 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6626 *pnode = node->next;
6629 pnode = &node->next;
6630 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6631 comdat_symbol_number);
6634 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6637 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6638 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6639 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6642 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6646 if (! die->die_child)
6649 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
6650 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6652 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
6655 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6658 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6664 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6665 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6666 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
6668 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
6671 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6672 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6673 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6674 die are visited recursively. */
6677 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6679 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6680 unsigned int n_alloc;
6685 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6686 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6687 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6688 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6689 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
6691 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
6693 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
6696 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6698 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6699 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
6703 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
6705 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
6708 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
6709 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
6712 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
6714 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
6715 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
6716 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
6726 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6728 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6730 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6731 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6732 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6734 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6735 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6736 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6739 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6740 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6743 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6744 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
6747 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6750 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6757 log = floor_log2 (value);
6760 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6765 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6766 .debug_info section. */
6768 static unsigned long
6769 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6771 unsigned long size = 0;
6775 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6776 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6778 switch (AT_class (a))
6780 case dw_val_class_addr:
6781 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6783 case dw_val_class_offset:
6784 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6786 case dw_val_class_loc:
6788 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6791 size += constant_size (lsize);
6795 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6796 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6798 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6799 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6801 case dw_val_class_const:
6802 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6804 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6805 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6807 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6808 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6810 case dw_val_class_vec:
6811 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6812 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6814 case dw_val_class_flag:
6817 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6818 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6819 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6821 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6823 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6824 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6826 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6827 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6829 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6830 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6831 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6833 case dw_val_class_str:
6834 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6835 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6837 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6839 case dw_val_class_file:
6840 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
6850 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6851 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6852 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6853 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6856 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6860 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6861 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6863 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
6865 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6866 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6867 next_die_offset += 1;
6870 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6871 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6872 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6873 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6876 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6880 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
6883 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
6886 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6889 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6893 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
6896 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
6899 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6902 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6912 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
6914 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6915 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6916 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6919 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
6920 generated for the compilation unit. */
6922 static unsigned long
6923 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
6929 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6930 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
6931 if (names != pubtype_table
6932 || p->die->die_offset != 0
6933 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
6934 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
6936 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6940 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6942 static unsigned long
6943 size_of_aranges (void)
6947 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6949 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6950 if (text_section_used)
6951 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6952 if (cold_text_section_used)
6953 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6954 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6956 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6957 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6961 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6963 static enum dwarf_form
6964 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6966 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6968 case dw_val_class_addr:
6969 return DW_FORM_addr;
6970 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6971 case dw_val_class_offset:
6972 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6973 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6976 return DW_FORM_data4;
6978 return DW_FORM_data8;
6982 case dw_val_class_loc:
6983 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6986 return DW_FORM_block1;
6988 return DW_FORM_block2;
6992 case dw_val_class_const:
6993 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6994 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6995 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6998 return DW_FORM_data1;
7000 return DW_FORM_data2;
7002 return DW_FORM_data4;
7004 return DW_FORM_data8;
7008 case dw_val_class_long_long:
7009 return DW_FORM_block1;
7010 case dw_val_class_vec:
7011 return DW_FORM_block1;
7012 case dw_val_class_flag:
7013 return DW_FORM_flag;
7014 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7015 if (AT_ref_external (a))
7016 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
7019 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
7020 return DW_FORM_data;
7021 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7022 return DW_FORM_addr;
7023 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7024 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7025 return DW_FORM_data;
7026 case dw_val_class_str:
7027 return AT_string_form (a);
7028 case dw_val_class_file:
7029 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
7032 return DW_FORM_data1;
7034 return DW_FORM_data2;
7036 return DW_FORM_data4;
7046 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
7049 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
7051 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
7053 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
7056 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
7060 output_abbrev_section (void)
7062 unsigned long abbrev_id;
7064 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
7066 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
7070 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
7071 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
7072 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
7074 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
7075 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
7077 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
7079 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
7082 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
7083 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
7084 output_value_format (a_attr);
7087 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
7088 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
7091 /* Terminate the table. */
7092 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
7095 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
7098 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
7100 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
7105 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
7106 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
7107 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
7109 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
7111 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
7114 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
7115 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
7116 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
7118 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7119 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
7120 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
7122 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
7124 retlist->begin = begin;
7126 retlist->expr = expr;
7127 retlist->section = section;
7129 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
7134 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
7137 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
7138 const char *begin, const char *end,
7139 const char *section)
7143 /* Find the end of the chain. */
7144 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
7147 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
7148 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
7151 /* Output the location list given to us. */
7154 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
7156 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
7158 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
7160 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
7161 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
7164 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
7165 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
7167 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
7169 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
7170 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7171 list_head->ll_symbol);
7172 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
7173 "Location list end address (%s)",
7174 list_head->ll_symbol);
7178 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
7179 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7180 list_head->ll_symbol);
7181 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
7182 "Location list end address (%s)",
7183 list_head->ll_symbol);
7185 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
7187 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7188 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
7189 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
7191 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
7194 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
7195 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
7196 list_head->ll_symbol);
7197 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
7198 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
7199 list_head->ll_symbol);
7202 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
7203 the definitions of each child DIE. */
7206 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
7213 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
7214 them to point to. */
7215 if (die->die_symbol)
7216 output_die_symbol (die);
7218 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
7219 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
7220 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
7222 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7224 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
7226 switch (AT_class (a))
7228 case dw_val_class_addr:
7229 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
7232 case dw_val_class_offset:
7233 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
7237 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7239 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
7241 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
7242 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
7243 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
7244 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
7249 case dw_val_class_loc:
7250 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
7252 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7253 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
7255 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
7258 case dw_val_class_const:
7259 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
7260 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
7261 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
7262 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
7265 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7266 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
7267 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
7270 case dw_val_class_long_long:
7272 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
7274 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
7275 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7278 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
7280 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7281 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7285 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7286 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7289 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7290 first, "long long constant");
7291 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7296 case dw_val_class_vec:
7298 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
7299 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
7303 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
7304 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
7309 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
7312 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
7313 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
7317 case dw_val_class_flag:
7318 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
7321 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7323 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
7326 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
7331 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7332 if (AT_ref_external (a))
7334 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
7337 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, debug_info_section,
7342 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7343 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
7348 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
7352 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
7353 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
7354 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
7359 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7360 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7363 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7364 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
7365 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
7368 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7369 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
7370 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
7373 case dw_val_class_str:
7374 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
7375 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7376 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
7378 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
7380 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
7383 case dw_val_class_file:
7385 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
7387 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
7388 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
7397 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
7399 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7400 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7401 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7402 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
7405 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7406 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7409 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7411 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7412 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7413 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7414 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7415 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
7416 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7417 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
7418 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
7419 debug_abbrev_section,
7420 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7421 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7424 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7427 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
7429 const char *secname;
7432 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7433 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
7436 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7437 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7438 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7439 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7440 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7443 build_abbrev_table (die);
7445 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7446 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7447 calc_die_sizes (die);
7449 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
7452 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
7454 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
7456 die->die_symbol = NULL;
7457 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7460 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
7462 /* Output debugging information. */
7463 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7466 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7471 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
7475 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
7478 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
7480 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
7483 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7486 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
7491 e.name = xstrdup (str);
7492 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
7496 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7499 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7500 add_pubname_string (dwarf2_name (decl, 1), die);
7503 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
7506 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7511 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
7512 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
7513 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
7518 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
7520 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
7521 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
7522 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
7523 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
7524 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
7526 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
7530 e.name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7532 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
7534 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
7535 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
7539 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7540 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
7543 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
7546 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
7549 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7550 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7551 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7552 if (names == pubname_table)
7553 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7554 "Length of Public Names Info");
7556 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7557 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
7558 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7559 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7561 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7562 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7563 "Compilation Unit Length");
7565 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
7567 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7568 if (names == pubname_table)
7569 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
7571 if (names != pubtype_table
7572 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
7573 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
7575 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7578 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7582 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7585 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7588 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7590 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7593 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7595 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7596 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7597 (arange_table_allocated
7598 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7599 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7600 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7603 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7606 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7607 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7608 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7611 output_aranges (void)
7614 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7616 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7617 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7618 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7619 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7620 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7621 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7622 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7624 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7625 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7626 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7628 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7629 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7631 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7633 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7634 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7635 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7636 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7639 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
7640 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
7641 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
7642 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
7643 confused with the terminator. */
7644 if (text_section_used)
7646 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7647 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7648 text_section_label, "Length");
7650 if (cold_text_section_used)
7652 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
7654 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
7655 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
7658 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7660 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7662 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7663 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7665 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7667 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7669 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7670 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7674 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7675 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7676 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7677 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7678 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7680 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7683 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
7685 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7686 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7687 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7688 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7693 /* Output the terminator words. */
7694 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7695 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7698 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7702 add_ranges_num (int num)
7704 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7706 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7708 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7710 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7711 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7712 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7713 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7716 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
7717 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7719 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7722 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
7723 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
7726 add_ranges (const_tree block)
7728 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7731 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
7735 add_ranges_by_labels (const char *begin, const char *end)
7737 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
7739 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
7741 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7743 = ggc_realloc (ranges_by_label,
7744 (ranges_by_label_allocated
7745 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct)));
7746 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
7747 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
7748 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
7751 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
7752 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
7753 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
7755 return add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
7759 output_ranges (void)
7762 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7763 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7765 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7767 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
7771 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7772 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7774 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7775 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7777 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7778 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7779 base of the text section. */
7780 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
7782 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7784 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7785 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7786 text_section_label, NULL);
7789 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
7790 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
7791 about whether the target supports cross-section
7795 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7796 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7797 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7803 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
7804 else if (block_num < 0)
7806 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
7808 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
7812 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
7813 function section, all we have to do is to take out
7815 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7816 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
7818 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7819 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7820 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
7821 text_section_label, NULL);
7826 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7827 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
7828 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7829 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7830 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
7836 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7837 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7843 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7846 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7847 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
7848 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7849 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7850 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7853 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7857 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7858 int length; /* Path length. */
7859 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7860 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7861 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7864 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7865 the directories in the path. */
7868 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7870 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7871 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7872 const unsigned char *cp1;
7873 const unsigned char *cp2;
7875 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7876 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7877 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7878 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7879 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7880 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7881 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7883 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
7884 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
7890 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7891 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7892 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7893 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7894 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7896 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7897 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7902 struct file_name_acquire_data
7904 struct file_info *files;
7909 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
7912 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
7914 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = data;
7915 struct dwarf_file_data *d = *slot;
7916 struct file_info *fi;
7919 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
7921 if (! d->emitted_number)
7924 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
7926 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
7928 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7930 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
7933 /* Create a new array entry. */
7935 fi->length = strlen (f);
7938 /* Search for the file name part. */
7939 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
7940 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
7942 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
7946 if (f == NULL || f < g)
7952 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
7956 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7957 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7958 slowdowns with many input files. */
7961 output_file_names (void)
7963 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
7965 struct file_info *files;
7966 struct dir_info *dirs;
7975 if (!last_emitted_file)
7977 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7978 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7982 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
7984 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7985 files = alloca (numfiles * sizeof (struct file_info));
7986 dirs = alloca (numfiles * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7989 fnad.used_files = 0;
7990 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
7991 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
7992 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
7994 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7996 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7997 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
7998 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
7999 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
8001 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
8002 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
8005 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
8006 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
8007 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
8008 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
8010 /* Same directory as last entry. */
8011 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
8012 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
8018 /* This is a new directory. */
8019 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
8020 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
8021 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
8022 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
8023 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
8025 /* Search for a prefix. */
8026 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
8027 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
8028 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
8029 && dirs[j].length > 1
8030 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
8031 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
8032 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
8033 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
8038 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
8039 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
8040 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
8041 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
8042 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
8043 results in most cases and never is much off. */
8044 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
8045 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
8047 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
8048 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
8053 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
8054 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
8055 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
8056 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
8058 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
8061 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
8063 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
8068 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
8073 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
8074 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
8076 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
8077 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
8082 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
8084 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
8086 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
8087 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
8088 if (savehere[j] > 0)
8090 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
8091 saved[j] = savehere[j];
8093 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
8094 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
8099 /* Emit the directory name table. */
8101 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
8102 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
8103 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
8104 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i + idx_offset);
8106 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
8108 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
8109 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
8110 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
8111 backmap = alloca (numfiles * sizeof (int));
8112 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
8113 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
8115 /* Now write all the file names. */
8116 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
8118 int file_idx = backmap[i];
8119 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
8121 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
8122 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
8124 /* Include directory index. */
8125 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
8127 /* Modification time. */
8128 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
8130 /* File length in bytes. */
8131 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
8134 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
8138 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
8139 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
8142 output_line_info (void)
8144 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
8145 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8146 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8149 unsigned long lt_index;
8150 unsigned long current_line;
8153 unsigned long current_file;
8154 unsigned long function;
8156 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
8157 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
8158 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
8159 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
8161 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
8162 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
8163 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
8164 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
8165 "Length of Source Line Info");
8166 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
8168 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
8169 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
8170 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
8172 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
8173 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
8174 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
8175 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
8176 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
8177 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
8178 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
8179 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
8180 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
8181 "Minimum Instruction Length");
8183 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
8184 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
8185 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
8186 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
8187 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
8188 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
8189 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
8190 "Special Opcode Base");
8192 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
8196 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
8197 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
8198 case DW_LNS_set_file:
8199 case DW_LNS_set_column:
8200 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
8208 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
8212 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
8213 output_file_names ();
8214 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
8216 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
8217 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
8218 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
8220 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
8221 a series of state machine operations. */
8225 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
8226 strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
8228 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
8229 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
8231 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
8234 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
8235 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
8238 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
8239 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
8240 that anything after the last address is this line. */
8241 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
8242 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
8246 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
8248 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
8249 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
8250 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
8251 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
8252 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
8253 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
8255 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
8258 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
8259 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8260 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8261 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8265 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
8266 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
8267 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8268 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8269 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8270 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8273 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
8275 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8276 different from the previous line. */
8277 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
8279 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
8280 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8281 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
8284 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8285 that uses the least amount of space. */
8286 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
8288 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
8289 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
8290 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
8291 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
8292 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
8293 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
8295 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
8296 "line %lu", current_line);
8299 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
8300 depending on the value being encoded. */
8301 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
8302 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
8303 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
8304 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8308 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
8309 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8312 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8315 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8316 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8317 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8321 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8322 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8323 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8324 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
8327 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8328 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
8329 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8334 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
8336 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
8337 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
8340 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
8341 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
8342 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
8343 && line_info->function == function)
8347 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
8348 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
8349 to handle it differently. */
8350 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
8352 if (function != line_info->function)
8354 function = line_info->function;
8356 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
8357 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8358 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8359 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8360 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8364 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
8367 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8368 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8369 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8373 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8374 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8375 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8376 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8380 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
8382 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8383 different from the previous line. */
8384 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
8386 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
8387 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8388 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
8391 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8392 that uses the least amount of space. */
8393 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
8395 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
8396 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
8397 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
8398 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
8399 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
8400 "line %lu", current_line);
8403 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
8404 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
8405 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
8406 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8410 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8418 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
8419 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
8420 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
8425 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8426 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
8429 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8430 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8431 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8435 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8436 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8437 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8438 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8441 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
8442 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8443 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
8444 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8448 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
8449 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
8452 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
8453 a DIE that describes the given type.
8455 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
8456 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
8459 base_type_die (tree type)
8461 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
8462 enum dwarf_type encoding;
8464 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
8467 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8470 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
8472 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8473 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
8475 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
8477 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8478 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
8480 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
8484 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
8485 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
8487 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
8490 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
8491 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8492 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
8494 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
8497 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8498 a user defined type for it. */
8500 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
8501 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
8503 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
8507 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8508 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
8512 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8516 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8518 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
8519 if (! TYPE_NAME (type))
8520 add_name_attribute (base_type_result, "__unknown__");
8522 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
8523 int_size_in_bytes (type));
8524 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
8526 return base_type_result;
8529 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8530 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8533 is_base_type (tree type)
8535 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8541 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
8549 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8554 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8567 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8568 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8569 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8570 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8573 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8574 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
8576 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8577 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8578 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
8580 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
8581 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
8583 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8586 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8587 emitted as a subrange type. */
8590 is_subrange_type (const_tree type)
8592 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8594 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8595 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8596 or an enumeral type. */
8598 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE
8599 || subtype == NULL_TREE)
8602 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) != INTEGER_TYPE
8603 && TREE_CODE (subtype) != ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8606 if (TREE_CODE (type) == TREE_CODE (subtype)
8607 && int_size_in_bytes (type) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype)
8608 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL
8609 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8610 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype))
8611 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL
8612 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8613 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype)))
8615 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8616 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8617 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8618 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8619 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8620 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8621 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8622 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8623 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8624 keep checking the actual size. */
8625 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8626 tree subtype_name = TYPE_NAME (subtype);
8628 if (type_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (type_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8629 type_name = DECL_NAME (type_name);
8631 if (subtype_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (subtype_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8632 subtype_name = DECL_NAME (subtype_name);
8634 if (type_name == subtype_name)
8641 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8642 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8645 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
8647 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8648 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
8650 if (context_die == NULL)
8651 context_die = comp_unit_die;
8653 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
8655 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
8657 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8658 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8659 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
8662 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8663 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
8664 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
8665 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8666 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
8667 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
8669 return subrange_die;
8672 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8673 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8676 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
8677 dw_die_ref context_die)
8679 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8680 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
8681 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8682 tree item_type = NULL;
8683 tree qualified_type;
8686 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
8689 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8692 = get_qualified_type (type,
8693 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8694 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8696 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8699 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8701 return mod_type_die;
8704 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
8706 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8707 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name))
8709 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
8711 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8713 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8714 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8715 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8717 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8718 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
8719 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8720 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
8721 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
8722 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8723 type to which it refers. */
8724 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
8725 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8727 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8732 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8733 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8735 else if (is_volatile_type)
8737 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8738 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8740 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8742 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8743 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8744 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8745 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8747 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8749 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8750 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8751 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8752 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8754 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8756 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8757 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8759 else if (is_base_type (type))
8760 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8763 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8765 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8766 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8767 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8768 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8769 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8771 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8772 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8774 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8775 not the main variant. */
8776 return lookup_type_die (type);
8779 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
8780 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
8781 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type. */
8783 && (TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
8784 || (TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type && DECL_NAME (name))))
8786 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8787 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
8788 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
8789 useful source coordinates anyway. */
8790 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8791 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
8795 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
8798 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8799 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8800 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8801 types are possible in Ada. */
8802 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8803 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8804 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8807 if (sub_die != NULL)
8808 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8810 return mod_type_die;
8813 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8814 an enumerated type. */
8817 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
8819 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8822 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8825 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
8827 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8829 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
8831 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8832 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
8834 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
8836 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
8840 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8843 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
8844 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
8845 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
8848 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
8850 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8852 if (*list_head != NULL)
8854 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8855 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8858 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
8859 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
8863 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8864 zero if there is none. */
8866 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8867 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
8871 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8874 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
8876 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
8877 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
8879 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
8882 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8883 a given hard register number. */
8885 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8886 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
8888 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
8890 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8892 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8894 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
8895 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
8897 return reg_loc_descr;
8900 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8901 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8903 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8904 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
8905 enum var_init_status initialized)
8909 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8912 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8913 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
8915 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
8917 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
8920 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8921 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
8923 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8924 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8926 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8933 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
8934 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
8935 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8936 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8942 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8944 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
8946 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8949 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8953 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
8954 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
8955 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8956 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8957 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8960 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
8961 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
8965 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8967 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8968 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8970 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8972 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8973 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8977 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8980 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8982 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8992 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8994 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8995 || i >= -0x80000000)
9001 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
9004 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
9006 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9007 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
9008 enum var_init_status initialized)
9011 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
9013 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
9014 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
9015 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
9016 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
9017 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
9019 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
9023 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
9025 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
9026 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
9028 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
9029 : stack_pointer_rtx));
9030 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
9032 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
9036 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
9038 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + regno, offset, 0);
9040 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
9042 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
9043 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
9048 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
9051 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
9053 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
9054 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
9055 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
9056 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
9059 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N locations
9060 used to form the address of a memory location. */
9062 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9063 concatn_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum machine_mode mode,
9064 enum var_init_status initialized)
9067 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
9068 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
9070 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
9072 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
9073 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
9075 ref = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9079 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
9080 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
9083 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
9084 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
9086 return cc_loc_result;
9089 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
9090 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
9091 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
9092 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
9094 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
9095 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
9096 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
9097 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
9099 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
9100 autoincrement addressing modes.
9102 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
9103 location list for RTL.
9105 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
9107 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9108 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
9109 enum var_init_status initialized)
9111 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
9112 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9114 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
9115 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
9116 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
9117 zeroth element of the array. */
9119 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
9121 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9126 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
9127 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
9129 /* ... fall through ... */
9132 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
9133 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
9134 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
9135 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
9136 contains the given subreg. */
9137 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9139 /* ... fall through ... */
9142 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
9143 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
9144 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
9145 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
9146 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
9147 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
9148 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
9149 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
9150 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
9151 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
9152 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
9153 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
9154 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
9155 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
9156 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9160 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
9161 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9162 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
9163 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
9167 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
9169 /* ... fall through ... */
9172 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
9173 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
9177 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
9178 by a different symbol. */
9179 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
9182 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
9184 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
9187 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
9188 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
9193 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
9194 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
9195 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
9196 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
9201 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
9202 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9203 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9204 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
9208 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
9210 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
9215 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
9217 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
9218 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
9219 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
9220 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
9222 /* ... fall through ... */
9226 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
9227 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
9228 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
9229 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9232 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
9233 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9234 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
9237 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
9238 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
9239 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
9240 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9241 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
9244 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
9245 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
9246 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED));
9247 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
9248 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9253 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
9254 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
9273 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
9274 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9275 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
9276 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9278 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
9281 mem_loc_result = op0;
9282 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
9283 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9288 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
9292 mem_loc_result = concatn_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode,
9293 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9300 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
9301 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
9303 return mem_loc_result;
9306 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
9307 This is typically a complex variable. */
9309 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9310 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
9312 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
9313 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9314 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9316 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
9319 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
9320 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
9322 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
9323 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
9325 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
9326 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
9328 return cc_loc_result;
9331 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
9334 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9335 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
9338 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
9339 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
9341 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
9343 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
9344 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
9346 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9350 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
9351 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
9354 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
9355 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
9357 return cc_loc_result;
9360 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
9361 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
9362 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
9363 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
9364 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
9366 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
9368 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9369 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
9371 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
9373 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9376 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
9377 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
9378 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
9379 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
9380 contains the given subreg. */
9381 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
9383 /* ... fall through ... */
9386 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
9390 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
9395 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
9400 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
9405 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
9407 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0), initialized);
9411 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
9416 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
9417 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
9418 enum machine_mode mode;
9421 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9422 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
9424 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
9425 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
9426 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
9428 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
9430 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
9432 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
9433 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
9434 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
9446 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
9447 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
9448 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
9449 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
9450 the value of LOC. */
9452 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9453 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc, int want_address)
9455 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
9456 int have_address = 0;
9457 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9459 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
9460 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
9463 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
9468 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
9469 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
9470 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
9471 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
9472 the names of types. */
9478 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
9479 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
9480 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
9481 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
9482 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
9486 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
9490 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
9491 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
9494 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
9500 if (targetm.have_tls)
9502 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
9504 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
9507 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
9508 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
9510 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
9512 first_op = INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr;
9513 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
9517 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address)
9519 loc = emutls_decl (loc);
9520 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
9521 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
9524 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9525 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9530 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9531 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9534 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
9535 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9536 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9538 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
9539 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9547 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
9548 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
9555 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9557 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9559 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_INT)
9561 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9562 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
9563 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
9564 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
9566 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
9568 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9570 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
9571 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9572 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9576 enum machine_mode mode;
9578 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9579 if (want_address == 2)
9580 return loc_descriptor (rtl, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9582 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9585 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9588 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9594 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9599 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
9603 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9605 case GIMPLE_MODIFY_STMT:
9606 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (GENERIC_TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
9612 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
9615 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
9616 enum machine_mode mode;
9618 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9620 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
9621 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
9626 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj, 1);
9628 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
9631 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
9633 /* Variable offset. */
9634 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset, 0));
9635 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9638 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9640 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
9641 else if (bytepos < 0)
9643 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
9644 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9652 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
9653 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
9660 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9661 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
9662 enum machine_mode mode;
9664 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
9666 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9667 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9668 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9673 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
9674 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
9679 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
9685 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
9690 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
9692 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
9693 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
9701 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
9703 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
9704 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
9717 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
9720 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
9722 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9723 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
9725 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9729 add_loc_descr (&ret,
9730 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9731 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
9741 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9748 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9755 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9762 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9777 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9778 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9779 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
9782 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9783 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9786 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
9800 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9804 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9810 const enum tree_code code =
9811 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
9813 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
9814 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
9815 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
9816 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
9819 /* ... fall through ... */
9823 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9824 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9825 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9826 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
9827 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
9829 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9830 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
9833 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
9834 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
9836 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
9837 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
9838 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
9840 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
9841 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9842 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
9844 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9845 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
9846 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
9847 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9848 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
9852 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
9856 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9857 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9858 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
9859 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
9862 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9863 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9864 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9867 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9868 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9873 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9874 if (want_address && !have_address)
9877 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9878 if (!want_address && have_address && ret)
9880 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9882 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
9884 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
9887 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
9889 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
9895 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9896 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc)
9898 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc, 2);
9901 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9902 which is not less than the value itself. */
9904 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9905 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
9907 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
9910 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9911 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9912 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9916 field_type (const_tree decl)
9920 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9921 return integer_type_node;
9923 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9924 if (type == NULL_TREE)
9925 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9930 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9931 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9932 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9934 static inline unsigned
9935 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
9937 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9940 static inline unsigned
9941 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
9943 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9946 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
9948 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9949 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align)
9951 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
9952 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
9953 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
9954 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
9955 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) t;
9961 return (HOST_WIDE_INT) u;
9964 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9965 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9966 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9967 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9968 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9971 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9972 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
9974 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
9975 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9977 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9980 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
9982 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9983 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9984 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9985 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9988 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9990 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
9991 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
9994 tree field_size_tree;
9995 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
9996 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
9997 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
9998 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
9999 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
10001 type = field_type (decl);
10002 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
10004 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
10005 a flexible array member. */
10006 if (! field_size_tree)
10007 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
10009 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
10010 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
10011 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
10013 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
10015 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
10016 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
10017 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
10019 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
10020 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
10021 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
10022 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
10023 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
10024 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
10025 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
10026 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
10027 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
10029 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
10031 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
10032 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
10033 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
10034 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
10035 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
10036 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
10037 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
10038 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
10039 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
10040 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
10041 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
10043 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
10044 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
10045 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
10046 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
10047 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
10048 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
10049 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
10050 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
10051 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
10052 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
10055 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
10056 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
10057 must have believed that the containing object started (within
10058 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
10059 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
10060 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
10061 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
10063 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
10064 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
10065 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
10067 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
10068 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
10070 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
10072 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
10074 object_offset_in_bits
10075 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
10077 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
10079 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
10081 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
10082 object_offset_in_bits
10083 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
10088 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
10090 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10093 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
10094 associated with them. */
10096 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
10098 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
10099 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
10100 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
10103 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
10104 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
10107 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
10110 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
10111 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
10112 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
10113 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
10114 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
10115 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
10118 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10119 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10120 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10121 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
10122 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
10123 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
10124 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
10125 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
10126 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
10127 function below.) */
10130 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10132 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
10133 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
10135 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
10137 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
10138 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
10140 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
10141 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
10142 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
10143 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
10145 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
10147 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
10149 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
10151 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
10152 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
10153 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
10155 /* Extract the vtable address. */
10156 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
10157 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
10159 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
10160 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
10161 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
10163 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
10164 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
10165 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
10166 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
10168 /* Extract the offset. */
10169 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
10170 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
10172 /* Add it to the object address. */
10173 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
10174 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
10177 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
10180 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
10184 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
10186 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
10187 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
10188 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
10190 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10191 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
10192 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
10196 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
10199 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
10202 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
10205 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
10208 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
10212 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
10218 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
10220 static HOST_WIDE_INT
10221 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
10223 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
10229 val |= *--src & 0xff;
10235 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
10238 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
10240 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
10244 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
10245 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
10247 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
10248 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
10250 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
10255 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
10256 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
10257 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
10258 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
10259 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
10262 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
10264 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
10268 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
10271 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
10273 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
10278 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
10279 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
10280 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
10281 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
10283 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
10285 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
10287 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
10288 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
10290 insert_float (rtl, array);
10291 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
10295 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
10296 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
10298 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
10299 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
10306 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
10307 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
10308 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
10309 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
10313 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
10315 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
10316 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
10318 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
10319 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
10321 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
10329 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
10330 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
10334 gcc_unreachable ();
10337 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10338 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
10341 unsigned char *p0 = p;
10342 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
10344 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
10345 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10350 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
10351 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
10356 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
10357 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
10359 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
10360 insert_float (elt, p);
10365 gcc_unreachable ();
10368 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
10373 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
10379 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
10380 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
10384 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
10385 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
10386 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
10387 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
10388 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
10389 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
10390 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
10391 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
10392 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
10393 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
10394 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
10398 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
10399 gcc_unreachable ();
10404 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
10405 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
10408 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
10409 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10411 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! GIMPLE_STMT_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
10412 *walk_subtrees = 0;
10414 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
10415 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
10417 else if (!flag_unit_at_a_time)
10419 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
10420 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
10421 be conservative. */
10422 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
10423 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
10425 else if (DECL_P (*tp) && TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
10427 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (*tp);
10431 else if (DECL_P (*tp) && TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
10432 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
10434 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node (*tp);
10438 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
10444 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
10445 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
10448 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
10450 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
10452 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
10453 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
10454 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
10456 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
10457 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10458 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
10460 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
10462 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
10463 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
10464 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
10465 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
10466 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
10467 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
10468 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
10470 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
10472 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
10474 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
10475 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
10476 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
10478 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
10479 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
10480 reference variables which won't be output. */
10481 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
10482 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
10484 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
10486 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
10487 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
10492 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
10494 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
10495 bool constant_p = true;
10497 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
10499 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
10500 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
10501 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
10502 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
10503 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
10505 constant_p = false;
10511 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
10521 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
10523 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
10524 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
10530 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
10533 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
10537 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
10538 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
10539 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
10541 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
10542 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
10543 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
10544 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
10545 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
10546 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
10547 referenced within the function.
10549 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
10550 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
10551 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
10552 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
10554 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
10555 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
10556 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
10557 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
10558 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
10559 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
10561 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
10562 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
10563 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
10564 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
10565 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
10566 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
10567 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
10568 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
10569 output at debug-time.
10571 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
10572 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
10573 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
10574 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10575 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10576 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
10577 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
10578 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
10579 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
10580 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
10581 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
10582 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
10583 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
10585 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
10586 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
10587 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
10588 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
10589 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
10590 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
10591 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
10592 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
10593 I'd like to fix it.
10595 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
10596 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
10597 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
10598 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
10599 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
10600 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
10601 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
10602 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
10603 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
10604 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
10605 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
10607 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
10608 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
10610 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
10611 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
10612 fixed registers. */
10613 if (! reload_completed)
10616 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
10618 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
10620 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10621 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
10623 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10628 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
10630 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
10632 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10633 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
10634 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
10635 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
10637 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
10638 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
10639 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
10640 if (dmode == pmode)
10641 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10642 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
10643 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10644 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10646 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10649 else if (MEM_P (inc))
10651 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10652 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
10653 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10654 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
10661 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
10662 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
10663 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
10664 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
10665 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
10666 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
10668 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
10669 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
10670 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10671 /* Not passed in memory. */
10672 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10673 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
10674 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10675 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10676 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
10677 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10678 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
10681 /* Big endian correction check. */
10682 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10683 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
10684 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
10687 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
10688 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
10690 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10691 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
10694 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10697 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
10698 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10700 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
10701 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
10703 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10704 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10705 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10706 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10707 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10708 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10710 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10711 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
10714 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10715 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10716 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10717 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10718 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
10721 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10723 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10724 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10725 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10727 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
10732 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
10733 address ranges where a given location is valid.
10734 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
10735 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
10736 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10737 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
10739 static const char *
10740 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
10742 const char *secname;
10744 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10746 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
10747 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10749 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
10751 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
10752 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10754 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
10755 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
10757 secname = text_section_label;
10762 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_RTX is returned.
10763 If so, the rtx for the SYMBOL_REF for the COMMON block is returned, and the
10764 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
10767 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
10769 tree val_expr, cvar;
10770 enum machine_mode mode;
10771 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
10773 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
10775 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't public or static, or if
10776 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
10777 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
10778 be handled as such. */
10779 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
10780 || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10781 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
10782 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
10786 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
10787 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
10790 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
10791 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
10793 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
10794 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
10795 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
10796 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
10800 if (offset != NULL)
10802 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
10804 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
10807 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10813 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10814 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10815 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10816 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10817 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10818 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10819 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10820 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10821 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10822 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10825 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
10826 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
10829 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
10830 var_loc_list *loc_list;
10831 struct var_loc_node *node;
10832 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10835 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
10836 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
10838 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10839 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
10841 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10843 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
10845 const char *endname, *secname;
10846 dw_loc_list_ref list;
10848 enum var_init_status initialized;
10850 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10851 actually construct the list of locations.
10852 The first location information is what is passed to the
10853 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10854 locations just get added on to that list.
10855 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10856 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10857 the range [current location start, next location start].
10858 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10859 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10861 node = loc_list->first;
10862 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10863 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
10865 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note))
10866 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
10868 initialized = VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED;
10870 list = new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc, initialized),
10871 node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
10874 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
10875 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10877 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10878 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10879 enum var_init_status initialized =
10880 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
10881 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10882 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list,
10883 loc_descriptor (varloc, initialized),
10884 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
10887 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10888 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10889 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10891 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10892 enum var_init_status initialized =
10893 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
10895 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10896 if (!current_function_decl)
10897 endname = text_end_label;
10900 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10901 current_function_funcdef_no);
10902 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
10904 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list,
10905 loc_descriptor (varloc, initialized),
10906 node->label, endname, secname);
10909 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10910 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr, list);
10914 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10917 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
10918 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING))
10920 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
10924 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10925 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10926 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10927 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
10929 enum var_init_status status;
10930 node = loc_list->first;
10931 status = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
10932 descr = loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note), status);
10935 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10940 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
10941 description from the tree. */
10942 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl);
10945 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10948 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
10949 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
10950 tree_add_const_value_attribute (die, decl);
10953 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10954 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10955 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10958 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
10960 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10961 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10964 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init)
10969 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
10971 add_const_value_attribute (var_die, rtl);
10974 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
10975 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
10976 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
10977 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
10980 static dw_loc_list_ref
10981 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
10984 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
10986 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
10987 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
10989 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
10991 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
10995 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
10996 next_cfa.offset = 0;
10997 next_cfa.indirect = 0;
10998 next_cfa.base_offset = 0;
11000 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
11002 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
11003 advance opcodes. */
11004 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
11005 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
11007 last_cfa = next_cfa;
11008 last_label = start_label;
11010 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
11011 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
11013 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
11014 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
11015 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
11016 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
11017 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
11019 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
11020 start_label, last_label, section,
11023 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
11024 last_cfa = next_cfa;
11025 start_label = last_label;
11027 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
11030 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
11031 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
11032 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
11033 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
11034 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
11035 if it were to be required. */
11036 gcc_unreachable ();
11039 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
11043 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
11045 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
11046 start_label, last_label, section,
11048 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
11049 start_label = last_label;
11051 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
11052 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section,
11058 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
11059 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
11060 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
11061 before the latter is negated. */
11064 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
11068 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
11069 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
11070 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
11072 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
11073 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
11076 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
11077 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
11079 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
11080 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
11082 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
11083 : stack_pointer_rtx));
11085 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
11088 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
11089 the value of the attribute. */
11092 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
11094 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
11096 if (demangle_name_func)
11097 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
11099 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
11103 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
11106 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
11108 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
11110 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
11113 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
11114 a representation for that bound. */
11117 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
11119 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
11124 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
11126 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
11127 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
11128 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
11129 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
11130 /* Use the default. */
11133 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
11138 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
11139 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
11149 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
11151 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
11152 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
11153 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
11154 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
11155 later parameter. */
11156 if (decl_die != NULL)
11157 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
11163 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
11164 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
11166 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
11167 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
11169 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound);
11173 if (current_function_decl == 0)
11174 ctx = comp_unit_die;
11176 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
11178 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
11179 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11180 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
11181 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
11183 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
11189 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
11190 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
11193 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
11195 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11196 unsigned dimension_number;
11199 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
11201 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
11202 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
11203 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
11204 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
11205 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
11206 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
11207 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
11208 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
11210 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11211 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11212 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11213 gen_array_type_die. */
11214 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11215 for (dimension_number = 0;
11216 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
11217 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
11220 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
11222 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
11223 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
11225 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
11228 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
11229 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
11230 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
11232 /* Define the index type. */
11233 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
11235 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
11236 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
11237 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
11238 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
11239 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
11240 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
11241 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
11244 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
11248 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
11249 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
11251 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
11252 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
11253 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
11255 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
11257 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
11260 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
11261 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
11267 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
11271 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
11276 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11279 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11280 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
11283 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
11284 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
11285 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
11286 even for bit-fields. */
11287 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
11290 gcc_unreachable ();
11293 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
11294 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
11295 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
11296 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
11297 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
11300 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
11301 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
11302 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
11305 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
11306 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
11307 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
11308 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
11309 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
11310 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
11312 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
11313 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
11314 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
11317 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
11319 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
11320 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
11321 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
11322 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
11323 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
11324 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
11326 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
11327 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
11329 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
11330 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
11331 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
11332 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
11333 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
11336 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
11338 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
11339 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
11340 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
11341 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
11342 below must take account of these differences. */
11343 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
11344 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
11346 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
11348 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
11349 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
11353 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
11354 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
11355 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
11357 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
11360 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
11361 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
11364 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
11366 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
11367 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
11368 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
11370 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
11371 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
11374 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
11375 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
11378 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
11380 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
11381 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
11382 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
11385 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
11386 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
11390 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
11392 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
11394 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
11396 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
11397 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
11398 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
11400 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
11401 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
11405 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
11407 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
11409 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
11412 if (DECL_P (origin))
11413 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
11414 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
11415 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
11417 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
11418 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
11419 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
11420 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
11421 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
11422 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
11423 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
11427 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
11430 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
11433 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
11435 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
11437 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
11439 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
11440 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
11441 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
11442 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
11445 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
11446 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11447 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11448 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
11452 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
11455 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
11457 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11459 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
11460 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11463 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
11464 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
11467 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
11471 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
11472 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
11474 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
11475 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11476 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
11478 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
11479 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
11480 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
11481 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
11482 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
11484 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
11485 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
11488 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11489 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11490 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11491 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11493 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
11494 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
11495 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
11500 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
11503 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
11505 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
11508 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
11511 pop_decl_scope (void)
11513 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
11516 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
11517 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
11518 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
11519 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
11520 the current active scope. */
11523 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
11525 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
11526 tree containing_scope;
11529 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
11530 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
11532 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
11534 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
11535 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
11537 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
11540 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
11543 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
11544 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
11545 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
11546 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
11547 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
11549 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
11550 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
11551 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
11553 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
11554 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
11555 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
11556 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
11557 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
11562 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
11563 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
11565 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
11566 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
11569 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
11572 scope_die = context_die;
11577 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
11580 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
11582 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
11583 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
11584 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
11590 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
11591 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
11594 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
11596 return (context_die
11597 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
11598 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
11599 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
11600 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
11601 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
11604 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
11605 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
11606 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
11609 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
11610 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
11612 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
11613 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
11615 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
11616 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
11617 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
11618 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
11619 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
11620 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
11621 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
11623 if (code == ERROR_MARK
11624 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
11625 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
11626 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
11627 || code == VOID_TYPE)
11630 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
11631 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
11632 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
11635 if (type_die != NULL)
11636 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
11639 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
11640 function call type. */
11642 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
11644 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
11646 value = targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11648 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
11649 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
11650 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
11651 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
11652 time being, following existing custom. */
11654 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
11655 value = DW_CC_program;
11657 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
11658 is not DW_CC_normal. */
11659 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
11660 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
11663 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
11664 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
11665 was declared without a tag. */
11667 static const char *
11668 type_tag (const_tree type)
11670 const char *name = 0;
11672 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
11676 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
11677 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
11678 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
11680 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
11681 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
11683 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11684 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11686 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
11687 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
11688 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
11689 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
11690 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11691 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
11694 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
11695 if (!name && t != 0)
11696 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
11699 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
11702 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
11703 for bit field types. */
11706 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
11708 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
11709 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
11712 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11713 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11716 static const char *
11717 decl_start_label (tree decl)
11720 const char *fnname;
11722 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
11723 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
11726 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
11728 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
11733 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
11734 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
11735 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
11738 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11740 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11741 dw_die_ref array_die;
11744 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
11745 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
11746 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
11747 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11748 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11751 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
11752 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
11753 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
11755 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
11757 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
11758 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
11759 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
11760 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
11763 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
11765 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
11766 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
11767 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
11770 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
11771 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
11772 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
11773 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
11774 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
11775 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
11776 for multidimensional arrays. */
11777 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
11780 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11781 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
11782 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
11783 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
11784 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11787 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
11789 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
11790 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11792 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11793 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11794 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11795 add_subscript_info. */
11796 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11797 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
11798 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
11800 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
11803 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11805 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
11806 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
11809 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11810 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
11812 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
11813 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
11814 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
11816 if (val == base_decl)
11817 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
11819 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
11823 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
11825 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
11826 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
11829 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
11832 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
11835 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11836 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
11838 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
11840 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
11842 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
11843 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
11846 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
11849 add_loc_descr (&loc,
11850 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
11851 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1),
11858 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
11861 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
11864 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
11865 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
11887 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
11888 tree val, tree base_decl)
11890 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
11892 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
11894 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
11898 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
11902 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
11905 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
11906 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
11909 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
11910 dw_die_ref context_die)
11912 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11913 dw_die_ref array_die;
11916 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
11917 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
11918 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
11920 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
11922 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
11923 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
11925 if (info->data_location)
11926 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
11928 if (info->associated)
11929 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
11931 if (info->allocated)
11932 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
11935 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
11937 dw_die_ref subrange_die
11938 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
11940 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
11942 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
11943 if ((is_c_family () || is_java ())
11944 && integer_zerop (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound))
11946 else if (is_fortran ()
11947 && integer_onep (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound))
11950 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
11951 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
11954 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
11955 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
11956 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
11958 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
11959 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
11960 info->dimen[dim].stride,
11964 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
11965 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11967 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
11968 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
11973 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11975 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11976 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
11978 if (origin != NULL)
11979 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
11982 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11983 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11984 0, 0, context_die);
11987 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11988 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
11990 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
11994 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11995 emit full debugging info for them. */
11998 retry_incomplete_types (void)
12002 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
12003 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
12006 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
12009 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12011 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
12013 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
12014 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
12015 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
12018 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
12020 static enum dwarf_tag
12021 record_type_tag (tree type)
12023 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
12024 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
12026 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
12028 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
12029 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
12031 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
12032 return DW_TAG_class_type;
12034 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
12035 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
12038 gcc_unreachable ();
12042 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
12045 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12047 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (record_type_tag (type), context_die, type);
12049 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
12050 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
12051 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
12054 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
12057 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12059 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
12061 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
12062 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
12063 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
12066 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
12067 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
12068 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
12072 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12074 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12076 if (type_die == NULL)
12078 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
12079 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12080 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12081 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
12083 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
12086 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
12088 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
12089 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
12090 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
12091 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
12095 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12096 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
12097 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
12098 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
12100 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12101 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12102 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
12103 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
12105 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
12106 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
12108 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
12109 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
12111 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
12112 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
12114 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
12115 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
12116 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
12117 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
12118 values as if they were signed. That means that
12119 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
12120 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
12121 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
12122 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
12126 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12128 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
12129 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
12134 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
12135 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
12138 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
12139 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
12140 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
12141 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
12142 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
12143 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
12144 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
12145 argument type of some subprogram type. */
12148 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
12150 dw_die_ref parm_die
12151 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
12154 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
12156 case tcc_declaration:
12157 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
12158 if (origin != NULL)
12159 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
12162 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node);
12163 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
12164 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (node))
12165 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12166 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
12167 TREE_READONLY (node),
12168 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
12170 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
12171 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12174 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
12175 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
12176 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node, DW_AT_location);
12181 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
12182 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
12186 gcc_unreachable ();
12192 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
12193 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
12196 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12198 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
12201 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
12202 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
12203 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
12204 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
12207 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12210 tree formal_type = NULL;
12211 tree first_parm_type;
12214 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12216 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
12217 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
12222 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
12224 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
12225 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
12226 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
12228 dw_die_ref parm_die;
12230 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
12231 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
12234 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
12235 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
12236 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
12237 && link == first_parm_type)
12238 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
12239 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12241 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
12243 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
12246 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
12247 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
12248 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
12249 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
12251 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
12252 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
12253 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
12254 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
12255 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
12256 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
12259 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
12260 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
12261 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
12262 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
12263 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
12266 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
12268 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12270 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
12271 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
12272 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
12273 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
12275 dw_die_ref type_die;
12276 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
12278 push_decl_scope (type);
12279 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12280 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12281 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
12282 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
12284 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
12285 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
12286 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
12287 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
12288 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
12290 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
12291 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
12295 gen_variable_die (member, type_die);
12301 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
12302 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
12305 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
12307 dw_die_ref old_die;
12310 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
12312 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
12313 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
12315 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12316 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
12317 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
12320 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
12321 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
12322 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12324 context = decl_class_context (decl);
12326 gen_type_die_for_member
12327 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
12330 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
12331 save_fn = current_function_decl;
12332 current_function_decl = decl;
12333 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
12335 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
12336 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12337 if (! was_abstract)
12338 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
12340 current_function_decl = save_fn;
12344 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
12345 htab_traverse_resize().
12347 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
12348 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
12350 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12356 die = lookup_type_die (type);
12358 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
12362 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
12364 premark_used_types (void)
12366 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
12367 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
12370 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
12374 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12376 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12377 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12378 dw_die_ref subr_die;
12381 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12382 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
12383 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
12385 premark_used_types ();
12387 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
12388 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
12389 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
12390 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
12391 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
12393 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
12394 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
12397 gcc_assert (!old_die);
12400 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
12401 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
12402 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
12403 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
12404 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
12405 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12406 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
12408 if (origin != NULL)
12410 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
12412 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
12413 inline function. */
12414 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
12415 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
12417 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
12418 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
12422 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
12423 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
12425 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
12426 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
12427 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
12428 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
12429 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
12431 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
12432 something we have already output. */
12436 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
12437 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
12438 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
12439 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
12440 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
12441 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
12442 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
12443 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
12444 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
12445 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
12446 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
12447 == (unsigned) s.line))))
12449 subr_die = old_die;
12451 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
12452 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
12453 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
12454 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
12455 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
12456 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
12457 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
12461 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
12462 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
12463 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
12464 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12465 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
12466 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
12471 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
12473 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
12474 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
12476 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
12477 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12479 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
12480 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
12481 0, 0, context_die);
12484 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
12485 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12486 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12488 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12489 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12490 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12491 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12496 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
12498 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12500 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
12501 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
12502 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
12503 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
12505 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
12506 later reused to represent definition. */
12507 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
12510 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12512 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
12514 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
12515 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
12517 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
12521 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
12522 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
12524 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
12527 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
12528 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
12529 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12531 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
12533 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
12535 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
12537 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
12538 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
12540 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
12542 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
12543 current_function_funcdef_no);
12544 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
12545 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
12546 current_function_funcdef_no);
12547 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
12549 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
12550 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
12553 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
12554 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
12555 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
12557 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
12558 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
12559 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
12560 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
12562 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
12563 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
12564 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
12568 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12569 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
12570 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
12573 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
12575 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
12576 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
12577 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
12578 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
12579 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
12580 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
12581 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
12583 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
12584 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
12585 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
12586 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
12588 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
12589 if (list->dw_loc_next)
12590 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
12592 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
12595 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
12596 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
12597 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
12598 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
12599 by this displacement. */
12600 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
12602 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
12603 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
12604 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl));
12607 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
12608 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
12609 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
12610 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
12611 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
12612 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
12613 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
12614 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
12615 an ellipsis at the end. */
12617 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
12618 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
12619 its formal parameters. */
12620 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12622 else if (declaration)
12623 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
12626 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
12627 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
12630 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
12631 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
12632 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
12633 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12635 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
12636 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
12637 "__builtin_va_alist"))
12638 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
12640 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
12643 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
12644 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
12645 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
12646 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
12647 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
12648 parameters at all. */
12649 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12650 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
12652 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
12653 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
12654 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
12656 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
12657 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
12660 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
12661 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
12662 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
12664 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
12665 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
12666 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
12667 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
12668 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
12669 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
12670 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
12672 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
12673 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
12674 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
12675 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
12676 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
12677 constructor function. */
12678 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
12680 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
12681 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
12682 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), subr_die);
12684 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
12685 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
12687 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
12688 if (current_function_has_inlines)
12690 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
12691 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
12693 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
12694 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
12699 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
12700 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
12704 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
12707 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12711 dw_die_ref var_die;
12712 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12713 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12714 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
12715 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
12716 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
12717 might end up being no definition anywhere in
12718 the program. For example, consider the C++
12722 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
12727 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
12729 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
12730 definition is required, so the compiler will
12731 not emit a definition. */
12732 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
12733 && DECL_COMDAT (decl) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12734 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
12736 com_decl = fortran_common (decl, &off);
12738 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
12741 ??? This creates a new common block die for every common block symbol.
12742 Better to share same common block die for all symbols in that block. */
12746 dw_die_ref com_die;
12747 const char *cnam = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
12748 dw_loc_descr_ref loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (com_decl);
12750 field = TREE_OPERAND (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl), 0);
12751 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
12752 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, field);
12753 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
12754 add_AT_loc (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
12755 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, var_die, decl);
12756 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, decl);
12757 add_type_attribute (com_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
12758 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12759 add_AT_loc (com_die, DW_AT_data_member_location,
12760 int_loc_descriptor (off));
12761 add_pubname_string (cnam, var_die); /* ??? needed? */
12765 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
12767 if (origin != NULL)
12768 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
12770 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
12771 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
12773 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
12774 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
12777 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
12779 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
12780 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
12781 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
12783 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
12784 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
12786 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
12787 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
12788 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
12790 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
12791 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
12793 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
12794 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12796 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
12797 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
12802 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
12803 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
12804 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL)
12805 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl))
12806 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12808 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
12809 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
12810 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12812 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
12813 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
12815 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12816 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12818 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12819 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12820 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12821 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12825 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12827 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
12828 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
12830 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12832 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl, DW_AT_location);
12833 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
12836 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
12839 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
12842 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12844 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12845 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
12847 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12849 if (origin != NULL)
12850 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
12852 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
12854 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12855 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
12858 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
12860 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
12861 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
12862 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
12866 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
12868 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
12869 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
12870 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
12871 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
12872 it if it ever does happen. */
12873 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
12875 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
12876 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
12881 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
12882 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
12883 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
12886 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
12888 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
12890 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
12891 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
12895 /* If STMT's abstract origin is a function declaration and STMT's
12896 first subblock's abstract origin is the function's outermost block,
12897 then we're looking at the main entry point. */
12899 is_inlined_entry_point (const_tree stmt)
12903 if (!stmt || TREE_CODE (stmt) != BLOCK)
12906 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12908 if (!decl || TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
12911 block = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
12915 if (TREE_CODE (block) != BLOCK)
12918 block = block_ultimate_origin (block);
12921 return block == DECL_INITIAL (decl);
12924 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
12925 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
12928 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
12930 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12932 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
12936 if (is_inlined_entry_point (stmt))
12938 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
12939 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12940 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
12943 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
12945 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
12948 add_ranges (chain);
12949 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
12956 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
12957 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12958 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
12959 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
12960 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12961 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
12965 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
12968 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12970 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
12972 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12973 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
12975 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
12978 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
12981 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12983 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12985 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
12986 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
12987 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
12988 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
12989 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12991 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12993 dw_die_ref subr_die
12994 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
12996 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
12997 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12998 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
13000 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
13001 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
13004 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
13005 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
13006 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
13007 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
13008 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
13009 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
13010 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
13011 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
13012 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
13013 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
13014 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
13016 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
13019 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
13022 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
13024 dw_die_ref decl_die;
13026 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
13029 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
13030 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
13031 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
13032 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
13035 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
13037 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
13038 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
13039 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
13042 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
13043 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
13045 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
13046 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
13048 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
13049 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
13050 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
13051 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
13053 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
13054 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
13058 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
13059 Use modified_type_die instead.
13060 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
13061 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
13064 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
13067 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
13069 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
13070 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
13071 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
13074 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
13075 Use modified_type_die instead.
13076 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
13077 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
13080 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
13083 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
13085 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
13086 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
13087 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
13091 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
13094 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
13097 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
13098 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
13100 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
13101 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
13102 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
13103 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
13106 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
13109 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
13112 char producer[250];
13113 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
13116 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
13120 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
13121 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
13122 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
13123 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
13126 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
13128 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
13129 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
13130 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
13131 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
13132 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
13133 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
13134 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
13135 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13136 strcat (producer, " -g");
13139 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
13141 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
13142 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
13143 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
13144 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
13145 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
13146 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
13147 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
13148 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
13149 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
13150 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
13151 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
13152 language = DW_LANG_Java;
13153 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
13154 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
13155 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
13156 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
13158 language = DW_LANG_C89;
13160 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
13164 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
13167 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
13169 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
13171 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
13172 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
13174 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
13175 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
13177 if (access == access_public_node)
13178 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
13179 else if (access == access_protected_node)
13180 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
13183 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
13186 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
13189 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
13192 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
13193 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
13194 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
13195 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
13196 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
13197 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
13198 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
13199 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
13200 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
13201 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
13202 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
13204 /* First output info about the base classes. */
13207 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
13211 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
13212 gen_inheritance_die (base,
13213 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
13214 : access_public_node), context_die);
13217 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
13218 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
13220 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
13221 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
13222 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
13223 do put them in the right order. */
13225 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
13227 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
13229 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
13232 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
13233 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
13235 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
13236 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
13239 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
13241 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
13243 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
13247 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
13248 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
13249 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
13252 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
13253 enum debug_info_usage usage)
13255 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
13256 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
13258 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
13259 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
13260 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
13261 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
13262 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
13264 if (type_die && ! complete)
13267 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
13268 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13269 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
13272 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
13274 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
13275 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
13277 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
13279 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
13280 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
13282 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
13284 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
13286 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
13289 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
13291 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
13292 then give a list of members. */
13293 if (complete && !ns_decl)
13295 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
13296 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
13297 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
13298 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
13299 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
13300 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
13302 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
13303 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
13304 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
13305 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
13307 push_decl_scope (type);
13308 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
13311 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
13312 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
13314 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
13316 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
13317 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
13318 lookup_type_die (vtype));
13323 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
13325 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
13326 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
13327 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
13328 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
13331 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
13332 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
13335 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
13338 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
13340 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
13341 dw_die_ref subr_die
13342 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
13343 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
13345 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
13346 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
13347 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
13348 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
13350 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
13351 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
13354 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
13357 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
13359 dw_die_ref type_die;
13362 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
13365 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
13366 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
13367 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
13368 if (origin != NULL)
13369 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
13374 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
13375 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
13377 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
13379 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
13380 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
13383 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
13385 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
13386 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
13389 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
13390 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
13392 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
13393 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
13396 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
13399 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
13400 enum debug_info_usage usage)
13403 struct array_descr_info info;
13405 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
13408 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
13409 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
13411 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
13414 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
13415 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
13417 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
13418 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
13422 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
13423 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
13424 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
13425 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info))
13427 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
13428 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
13432 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
13433 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
13434 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
13435 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
13436 cloned type itself). */
13437 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
13438 type = type_main_variant (type);
13440 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
13443 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
13449 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
13450 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
13451 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
13452 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
13453 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
13455 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
13457 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
13458 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
13459 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
13460 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
13464 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
13465 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
13466 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
13467 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
13469 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
13470 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
13471 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
13473 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
13475 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
13478 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
13479 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
13480 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
13481 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
13482 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
13486 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
13487 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
13488 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
13489 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
13493 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
13497 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
13500 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
13503 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
13504 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
13505 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
13506 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
13507 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
13508 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
13509 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
13510 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
13511 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13512 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13514 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
13516 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
13519 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
13520 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13521 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13526 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
13530 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
13532 /* This might have been written out by the call to
13533 declare_in_namespace. */
13534 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
13535 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
13538 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
13543 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
13544 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
13545 when appropriate. */
13551 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
13554 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
13558 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
13562 gcc_unreachable ();
13565 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
13569 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
13571 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
13574 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
13577 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
13579 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
13582 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
13583 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
13584 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
13586 gcc_assert (type == type_main_variant (type));
13588 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
13589 an instance of an unresolved type. */
13591 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
13596 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
13597 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
13601 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
13605 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
13606 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
13610 gcc_unreachable ();
13614 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
13615 things which are local to the given block. */
13618 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
13620 int must_output_die = 0;
13623 enum tree_code origin_code;
13625 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
13626 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
13629 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
13630 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
13631 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
13632 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
13636 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
13637 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
13642 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
13643 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
13644 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
13645 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
13646 the current block. */
13647 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
13648 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
13650 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
13652 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
13653 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
13654 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
13655 must_output_die = 1;
13658 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
13659 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
13660 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
13661 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
13662 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
13663 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
13664 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
13665 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
13667 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
13668 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
13669 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13670 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
13671 as being a "significant" one. */
13672 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
13673 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
13674 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
13675 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
13677 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
13678 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
13679 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
13680 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13681 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
13682 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
13684 must_output_die = 1;
13690 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
13691 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
13692 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
13693 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
13694 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
13695 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
13696 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
13697 if (must_output_die)
13699 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
13700 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
13702 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
13705 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
13708 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
13709 all of its sub-blocks. */
13712 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
13717 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
13718 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
13721 if (TREE_USED (stmt))
13723 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
13724 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
13725 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
13726 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
13727 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13731 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
13732 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13733 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
13734 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13738 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
13739 add_child_die (context_die, die);
13740 /* Do not produce debug information for static variables since
13741 these might be optimized out. We are called for these later
13742 in varpool_analyze_pending_decls.
13744 But *do* produce it for Fortran COMMON variables because,
13745 even though they are static, their names can differ depending
13746 on the scope, which we need to preserve. */
13747 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl)
13748 && !(is_fortran () && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)))
13751 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13755 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
13756 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13759 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
13760 therein) of this block. */
13761 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
13763 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
13764 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
13767 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
13770 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
13772 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
13775 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
13776 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
13777 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
13778 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
13779 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
13780 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
13786 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
13789 force_decl_die (tree decl)
13791 dw_die_ref decl_die;
13792 unsigned saved_external_flag;
13793 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
13794 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13797 dw_die_ref context_die;
13798 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
13801 /* Find die that represents this context. */
13802 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
13803 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
13805 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
13808 context_die = comp_unit_die;
13810 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13814 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13816 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13817 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
13818 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
13819 declaration die. */
13820 save_fn = current_function_decl;
13821 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
13822 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
13823 current_function_decl = save_fn;
13827 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
13828 gen_decl_die() call. */
13829 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
13830 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
13831 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13832 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
13835 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13836 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13840 gcc_unreachable ();
13843 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
13845 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13846 gcc_assert (decl_die);
13852 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
13853 always returned. */
13856 force_type_die (tree type)
13858 dw_die_ref type_die;
13860 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
13863 dw_die_ref context_die;
13864 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13866 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13867 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13869 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13872 context_die = comp_unit_die;
13874 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
13875 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
13876 gcc_assert (type_die);
13881 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
13882 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
13885 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
13887 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
13888 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
13889 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
13890 /* Force out the namespace. */
13891 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
13893 return context_die;
13896 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
13897 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
13899 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
13900 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
13903 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
13905 dw_die_ref ns_context;
13907 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13910 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
13911 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
13912 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
13913 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
13916 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
13918 if (ns_context != context_die)
13920 if (DECL_P (thing))
13921 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
13923 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
13927 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
13930 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
13932 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
13934 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
13935 they are an alias of. */
13936 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
13938 /* Output a real namespace. */
13939 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13940 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
13941 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
13942 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
13946 /* Output a namespace alias. */
13948 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
13949 dw_die_ref origin_die
13950 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
13952 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
13953 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13954 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
13955 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
13956 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
13957 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
13961 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
13964 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
13968 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13971 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13977 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
13978 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
13981 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13982 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
13983 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
13984 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
13985 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
13990 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
13991 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
13992 if (current_function_decl != decl)
13993 /* This is only a declaration. */;
13996 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
13997 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
13998 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
14000 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
14001 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
14002 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
14003 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
14004 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
14005 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
14006 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
14007 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
14008 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
14010 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
14011 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
14014 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
14015 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
14017 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
14018 have described its return type. */
14019 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
14021 /* And its virtual context. */
14022 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
14023 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
14025 /* And its containing type. */
14026 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
14027 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
14028 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
14030 /* And its containing namespace. */
14031 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
14034 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
14035 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
14039 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
14040 actual typedefs. */
14041 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
14044 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
14045 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
14046 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
14047 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
14048 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
14049 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
14050 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE
14051 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
14053 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
14057 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
14058 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
14060 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
14061 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
14065 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
14066 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
14071 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
14072 variable declarations or definitions. */
14073 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
14076 /* If this is the global definition of the Fortran COMMON block, we don't
14077 need to do anything. Syntactically, the block itself has no identity,
14078 just its constituent identifiers. */
14079 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
14080 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
14081 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
14083 && !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl))
14086 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
14088 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl))
14089 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
14091 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
14093 /* And its containing type. */
14094 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
14095 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
14096 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
14098 /* And its containing namespace. */
14099 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
14101 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
14102 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
14103 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
14105 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
14106 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
14107 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
14109 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
14113 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
14114 anonymous unions and structs. */
14115 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
14116 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
14117 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
14119 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
14120 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
14125 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl))
14126 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
14128 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
14129 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
14132 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
14133 gen_namespace_die (decl);
14137 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
14138 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
14143 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
14144 compilation proper has finished. */
14147 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
14149 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
14150 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
14151 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
14152 definitions which have not yet been forced out.
14154 Ignore the global decl of any Fortran COMMON blocks which also wind up here
14155 though they have already been described in the local scope for the
14156 procedures using them. */
14157 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
14158 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && TREE_STATIC (decl) && is_fortran ())
14161 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
14162 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
14165 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
14166 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
14168 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
14171 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
14174 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
14177 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
14179 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
14180 dw_die_ref scope_die;
14181 expanded_location xloc;
14183 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
14188 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
14189 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
14192 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
14193 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
14195 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
14196 else if (TYPE_P (context))
14198 if (!should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
14200 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
14203 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
14205 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
14206 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
14208 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
14209 at_import_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
14211 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
14215 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
14216 if (!at_import_die)
14218 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
14219 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
14220 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
14222 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
14223 dw_die_ref type_context_die;
14225 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
14226 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
14228 if (!should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
14229 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
14231 type_context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
14234 type_context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
14236 type_context_die = comp_unit_die;
14237 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl, type_context_die);
14239 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
14243 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
14244 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
14245 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
14247 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
14249 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
14250 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
14251 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
14252 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
14255 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
14258 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
14260 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
14262 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
14267 case FUNCTION_DECL:
14268 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
14269 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
14270 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
14271 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
14272 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
14273 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
14274 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
14275 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
14276 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
14277 with the definition of the function.
14279 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
14280 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
14281 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
14282 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
14283 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
14284 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
14285 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
14286 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
14287 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
14288 that they *are* definitions).
14290 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
14291 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
14292 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
14293 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
14294 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
14295 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
14298 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
14299 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
14300 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
14301 if (decl_function_context (decl)
14302 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
14303 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
14304 context_die = NULL;
14308 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
14309 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
14310 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
14311 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
14312 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
14313 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
14314 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
14315 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
14316 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
14319 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
14320 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
14321 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
14323 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
14324 variable declarations or definitions. */
14325 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
14329 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
14330 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
14332 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
14337 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
14338 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
14341 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
14342 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
14343 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
14345 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
14346 comparisons have. */
14348 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
14349 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
14350 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
14355 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
14356 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
14359 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
14360 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
14361 if (decl_function_context (decl))
14362 context_die = NULL;
14370 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
14373 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
14374 a lexical block. */
14377 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
14378 unsigned int blocknum)
14380 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
14381 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
14384 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
14388 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
14390 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
14391 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
14394 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
14395 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
14397 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
14398 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
14399 we may end up calling them anyway. */
14402 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
14406 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
14407 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
14408 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
14414 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
14417 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
14419 const struct dwarf_file_data * p1 = p1_p;
14420 const char * p2 = p2_p;
14421 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
14425 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
14427 const struct dwarf_file_data * p = p_p;
14428 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
14431 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
14432 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
14433 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
14434 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
14435 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
14436 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
14437 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
14438 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
14439 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
14442 static struct dwarf_file_data *
14443 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
14446 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
14448 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
14449 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
14450 if (file_table_last_lookup
14451 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
14452 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
14453 return file_table_last_lookup;
14455 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
14456 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
14457 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
14461 created = ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct dwarf_file_data));
14462 created->filename = file_name;
14463 created->emitted_number = 0;
14468 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
14469 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
14470 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
14471 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
14472 types, which may include filenames. */
14475 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
14477 if (! fd->emitted_number)
14479 if (last_emitted_file)
14480 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
14482 fd->emitted_number = 1;
14483 last_emitted_file = fd;
14485 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
14487 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
14488 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
14489 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
14490 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
14494 return fd->emitted_number;
14497 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
14498 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
14499 our lookup table. */
14502 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
14504 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
14505 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
14507 static rtx last_insn;
14508 static const char *last_label;
14511 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
14513 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (loc_note);
14515 newloc = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node));
14516 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
14517 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
14519 if (last_insn != NULL_RTX
14520 && last_insn == prev_insn
14521 && NOTE_P (prev_insn)
14522 && NOTE_KIND (prev_insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
14524 newloc->label = last_label;
14528 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
14529 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
14531 newloc->label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
14533 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
14534 newloc->next = NULL;
14536 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
14537 newloc->section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
14539 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
14541 last_insn = loc_note;
14542 last_label = newloc->label;
14543 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
14544 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
14547 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
14548 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
14549 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
14550 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
14553 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
14555 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
14557 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
14558 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
14560 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
14563 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
14564 and record information relating to this source line, in
14565 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
14568 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
14570 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
14573 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
14575 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
14577 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
14578 if (flag_debug_asm)
14579 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
14582 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
14584 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
14585 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
14587 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
14588 line_info_table_in_use++;
14590 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
14592 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
14593 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
14594 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
14595 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
14597 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
14598 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
14599 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
14601 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
14602 separate_line_info_table
14603 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
14604 separate_line_info_table_allocated
14605 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
14606 memset (separate_line_info_table
14607 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
14609 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
14610 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
14613 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
14615 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
14616 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
14617 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
14618 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
14622 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
14624 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
14625 line_info_table_in_use);
14627 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
14628 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
14630 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
14632 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
14633 (line_info_table_allocated
14634 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
14635 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
14636 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
14639 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
14640 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
14641 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
14642 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
14647 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
14650 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
14652 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
14654 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
14655 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
14657 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
14658 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
14661 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14663 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
14665 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14666 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
14667 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
14670 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
14674 /* Record the end of a source file. */
14677 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14679 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
14680 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
14681 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
14683 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14685 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14686 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
14690 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
14691 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
14692 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
14695 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
14696 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14698 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14700 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14701 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
14702 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
14703 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
14707 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
14708 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
14709 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
14712 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
14713 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14715 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14717 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14718 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
14719 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
14720 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
14724 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
14727 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14729 /* Allocate the file_table. */
14730 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
14731 file_table_eq, NULL);
14733 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
14734 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
14735 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
14737 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
14738 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
14739 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
14741 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
14742 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
14744 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
14745 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
14746 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
14747 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
14748 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
14749 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
14751 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
14752 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
14753 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
14754 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
14756 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
14757 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
14759 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
14760 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
14761 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
14763 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
14764 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
14765 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
14766 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
14767 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
14768 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
14769 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
14771 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
14773 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
14775 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
14776 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14777 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
14778 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14779 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
14780 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14781 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
14782 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14783 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
14784 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14785 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
14786 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14787 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
14788 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14789 #ifdef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
14790 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
14791 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14793 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
14794 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
14795 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
14796 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14797 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
14798 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14800 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
14801 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
14802 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14803 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14804 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
14805 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14806 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
14808 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
14809 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14810 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
14811 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14812 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
14813 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14814 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
14815 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
14816 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
14817 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
14818 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
14819 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
14821 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14823 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14824 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
14825 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14826 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
14829 switch_to_section (text_section);
14830 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
14831 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14833 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
14834 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
14835 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
14839 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
14840 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
14843 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14845 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
14847 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
14849 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
14850 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
14851 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
14857 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
14858 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
14861 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
14865 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
14866 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
14868 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
14870 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
14871 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
14874 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
14880 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
14883 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
14884 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
14887 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
14892 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
14894 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
14896 /* A reference to another DIE.
14897 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
14898 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
14900 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
14901 accounts properly for it. */
14902 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
14903 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
14908 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
14909 to DIE's children. */
14912 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
14916 if (die->die_mark == 0)
14918 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
14921 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
14922 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
14923 if (die->die_parent)
14924 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
14926 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
14927 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
14929 /* If this node is a specification,
14930 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
14931 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
14932 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
14935 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
14937 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
14938 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
14941 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
14942 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
14943 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
14944 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
14946 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
14951 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
14954 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
14958 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
14962 switch (die->die_tag)
14964 case DW_TAG_const_type:
14965 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
14966 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
14967 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
14968 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
14969 case DW_TAG_typedef:
14970 case DW_TAG_array_type:
14971 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
14972 case DW_TAG_union_type:
14973 case DW_TAG_class_type:
14974 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
14975 case DW_TAG_friend:
14976 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
14977 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
14978 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
14979 case DW_TAG_string_type:
14980 case DW_TAG_set_type:
14981 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
14982 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
14983 case DW_TAG_file_type:
14984 if (die->die_perennial_p)
14987 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
14991 /* Mark everything else. */
14997 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
14998 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
15000 /* Mark children. */
15001 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
15004 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
15008 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
15013 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
15014 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
15016 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
15018 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
15019 twice in the hash table. */
15021 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
15024 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
15025 htab_hash_string (s->str),
15027 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
15033 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
15036 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
15040 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
15041 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
15043 if (! die->die_child)
15046 c = die->die_child;
15048 dw_die_ref prev = c;
15049 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
15050 if (c == die->die_child)
15052 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
15054 /* No marked children at all. */
15055 die->die_child = NULL;
15058 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
15059 die->die_child = prev;
15064 if (c != prev->die_sib)
15066 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
15067 } while (c != die->die_child);
15071 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
15074 prune_unused_types (void)
15077 limbo_die_node *node;
15080 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
15081 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
15082 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
15083 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
15084 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
15085 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
15087 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
15088 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
15089 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
15090 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
15092 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
15093 pubname_table or arange_table. */
15094 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
15095 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
15096 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
15097 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
15099 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
15100 if (debug_str_hash)
15101 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
15102 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
15103 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
15104 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
15106 /* Leave the marks clear. */
15107 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
15108 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
15109 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
15112 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
15115 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
15118 struct dwarf_file_data *d = *slot;
15119 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
15127 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
15128 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
15131 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
15133 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
15134 dw_die_ref die = 0;
15136 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
15137 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
15138 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, remap_debug_filename (filename));
15139 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
15140 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
15141 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
15144 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
15146 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
15149 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
15150 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
15151 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
15152 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
15154 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
15156 next_node = node->next;
15159 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
15161 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
15164 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
15165 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
15167 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
15168 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
15169 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
15172 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
15173 nested function can be optimized away, which results
15174 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
15175 with the return type of that nested function. Force
15176 this to be a child of the containing function.
15178 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
15179 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
15180 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
15181 the function is likely unreachable too. */
15182 tree context = NULL_TREE;
15184 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
15186 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
15187 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
15188 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
15189 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
15191 gcc_assert (context
15192 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
15193 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
15195 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
15197 add_child_die (origin, die);
15199 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
15204 limbo_die_list = NULL;
15206 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
15207 emit full debugging info for them. */
15208 retry_incomplete_types ();
15210 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
15211 prune_unused_types ();
15213 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
15214 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
15215 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
15216 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
15218 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
15219 that have children. */
15220 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
15221 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
15222 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
15224 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
15225 switch_to_section (text_section);
15226 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
15227 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
15229 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
15230 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
15233 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
15235 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
15237 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
15238 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
15243 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
15245 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
15246 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
15247 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
15248 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
15249 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
15250 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
15251 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
15253 add_AT_range_list (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_ranges,
15254 add_ranges_by_labels (text_section_label,
15256 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
15257 add_ranges_by_labels (cold_text_section_label,
15260 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
15262 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
15264 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
15266 add_ranges_by_labels (fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
15267 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label);
15268 add_ranges_by_labels (fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
15269 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label);
15272 add_ranges_by_labels (fde->dw_fde_begin,
15279 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
15280 if (have_location_lists)
15282 /* Output the location lists info. */
15283 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
15284 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
15285 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
15286 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
15287 output_location_lists (die);
15290 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
15291 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
15292 debug_line_section_label);
15294 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
15295 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
15297 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
15298 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
15299 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
15300 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
15302 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
15304 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
15305 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
15306 output_abbrev_section ();
15308 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
15309 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
15311 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
15312 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
15315 #ifdef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
15316 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
15317 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
15319 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
15320 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
15324 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
15325 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
15326 if (fde_table_in_use)
15328 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
15332 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
15333 if (ranges_table_in_use)
15335 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
15336 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
15340 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
15341 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
15342 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
15343 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
15344 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
15345 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
15346 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
15348 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
15349 output_line_info ();
15352 /* Have to end the macro section. */
15353 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
15355 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
15356 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
15359 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
15361 if (debug_str_hash)
15362 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
15366 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
15367 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
15369 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
15371 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"